Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018211583A1 - Vehicle and vehicle program - Google Patents

Vehicle and vehicle program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018211583A1
WO2018211583A1 PCT/JP2017/018300 JP2017018300W WO2018211583A1 WO 2018211583 A1 WO2018211583 A1 WO 2018211583A1 JP 2017018300 W JP2017018300 W JP 2017018300W WO 2018211583 A1 WO2018211583 A1 WO 2018211583A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
destination
operation mode
driver
switching
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/018300
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
將洋 鈴木
佐古 曜一郎
Original Assignee
みこらった株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by みこらった株式会社 filed Critical みこらった株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2017/018300 priority Critical patent/WO2018211583A1/en
Priority to JP2017547185A priority patent/JP6628441B2/en
Publication of WO2018211583A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018211583A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01CMEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY
    • G01C21/00Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00
    • G01C21/26Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00 specially adapted for navigation in a road network
    • G01C21/34Route searching; Route guidance
    • G01C21/36Input/output arrangements for on-board computers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0968Systems involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an automobile and an automobile program.
  • the switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode is not only performed by the driver performing a predetermined operation, but for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-118438) and Patent Document 2 ( As described in JP-A-2015-133050), a computer provided in the vehicle monitors a predetermined switching condition, and when it is detected that the switching condition is met, it is forcibly executed. It has also been proposed.
  • the vehicle is equipped with functions that recognize and detect right and left turn instructions by the driver and passengers, and detect right and left turn instructions through the operating means. It is conceivable to perform control according to voice instructions and instruction operations.
  • the present invention provides a vehicle that can more reliably reach a destination desired by a driver or a rider when the mode is switched from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode. Objective.
  • the invention of claim 1 In an automobile equipped with a manual operation mode for traveling based on a driving operation by a driver and an automatic operation mode for performing autonomous traveling, In the automatic driving mode, navigation means for automatic driving mode for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination, An activation means for activating navigation means for the automatic operation mode when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode; Destination setting presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not a destination is set when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode; When the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination has not been set, destination prompting means for prompting the driver or rider to input a destination setting; and Destination accepting means for accepting a destination setting input by the driver or the rider in response to the prompt by the destination prompting means; With The navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination received by the destination receiving means, and executes the autonomous driving support. provide.
  • the navigation means for the automatic operation mode when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode, the navigation means for the automatic operation mode is activated by the activation means, and the destination is set by the destination setting presence / absence determining means. It is determined whether or not. Then, when the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination is not set, the destination prompting means prompts the driver or rider to input the destination setting, and the destination receiving means A destination setting input by a driver or a passenger is accepted. Then, the navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting autonomous traveling to the destination received by the destination receiving means, and executes autonomous traveling support.
  • the destination set at the time of switching can be obtained without receiving an instruction from the driver or the rider by the navigation means for the automatic operation mode. Until it can run autonomously.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration example of an electronic control circuit unit 10 of an automobile 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the vehicle 1 of this embodiment is an example in the case of an electric vehicle.
  • the battery is not shown in FIG.
  • the automobile 1 of this embodiment has an automatic operation mode and a manual operation mode.
  • the manual operation mode is a mode in which the vehicle can travel according to the accelerator pedal operation, the brake pedal operation, the shift lever operation, and the steering operation (steering wheel operation) of the driver as in the case of a normal automobile.
  • the automatic driving mode even if the driver does not operate the accelerator pedal, the brake pedal, the shift lever, and the steering operation, the vehicle 1 itself changes course while avoiding obstacles autonomously (automatically). This is a mode for autonomous driving.
  • the driver of the car 1 can switch the car 1 running in the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode by, for example, a predetermined operation through the touch panel 112 to be described later, and while driving in the automatic driving mode.
  • the driver performs an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation or a steering operation, it is configured to automatically return to the manual operation mode.
  • the vehicle 1 of this embodiment is forcibly switched from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode, the vehicle 1 is in the above-described manual operation mode unless a predetermined release condition described later is satisfied. Even if the operation for returning is performed, the operation is invalidated, and the vehicle is controlled so as to maintain the traveling in the automatic operation mode.
  • the automatic operation mode in which the operation is invalidated even if the operation is returned to the manual operation mode after the forced switching.
  • the automatic operation mode is particularly referred to as a forced automatic operation mode
  • the automatic operation mode that is not the forced automatic operation mode is referred to as a normal automatic operation mode.
  • the electronic control circuit unit 10 has a motor drive control unit 102, a steering drive control unit 103, a manual / automatic operation through a system bus 100, with respect to a control unit 101 configured with a computer.
  • car navigation car navigation
  • a motor drive unit 131 is connected to the motor drive control unit 102.
  • a steering drive unit 132 is connected to the steering drive control unit 103.
  • a car navigation database 133 is connected to the car navigation function unit 113.
  • the image recognition unit 114 is connected to an image information storage unit 134 that stores image information of a comparison image for image recognition.
  • an automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 is connected to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
  • the voice recognition unit 116 is connected to a voice information storage unit 136 that stores voice information of comparison voices for voice recognition.
  • a microphone 137 and a speaker 138 are connected to the voice input / output unit 122.
  • the motor drive control unit 102 controls the supply of a drive signal to the motor drive unit 131 of the automobile 1 configured by the electric vehicle of this embodiment, Travel speed control (including brake control and accelerator control), travel stop, etc. are controlled.
  • the steering drive control unit 103 controls supply of a drive control signal to the steering drive unit 132 of the vehicle 1 of this embodiment under the control of the control unit 101 to control the course change of the vehicle 1. To do.
  • the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 performs control for switching the operation mode of the automobile 1 to either the manual operation mode or the automatic operation mode in accordance with a selection operation input through the touch panel 112 and will be described later. As described above, in accordance with the determination result of the automatic driving switching condition determining unit 115, control is performed to switch the driving mode of the automobile 1 to any one of the manual driving mode, the automatic driving mode, and the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the manual driving operation detection unit 105 receives operation information of an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation, and a steering operation by a driver, and supplies the manual driving operation information to the manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104. To do.
  • the manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104 supplies the manual driving operation information from the manual driving operation detecting unit 105 to the motor driving control unit 102 and the steering driving control unit 103 when the automobile 1 is in the manual driving mode.
  • the motor drive unit 131 and the steering drive unit 132 are controlled according to the driver's pedal operation, shift lever operation, and steering operation (handle operation).
  • the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 when the automobile 1 is in the automatic operation mode (including the forced automatic operation mode), moves the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the surrounding movement as described later.
  • the automatic driving operation information generated by the control unit 101 based on the output of the body grasping unit 109 is supplied to the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive control unit 103 so that the motor drive unit 131 and the steering drive unit 132 are automatically Drive control is performed based on driving operation information.
  • the manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104 receives the switching condition match determination result in the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115, and the driver's or passenger's intention On the contrary, in other words, contrary to the selection setting of the driving mode by the driver or the rider, the control for automatically switching from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode is also performed.
  • the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 is operated by the driver while operating in the automatic operation mode, such as an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation, or a steering operation.
  • mode switching control is performed so that the driving mode of the automobile 1 is automatically returned to the manual driving mode based on the detection information of the manual driving operation.
  • the driving mode of the automobile 1 is the forced automatic driving mode
  • the driver performs the accelerator pedal operation, the brake pedal operation, the shift lever operation, or the steering operation except when a release condition described later is satisfied. Even so, the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 invalidates the manual operation information and maintains the forced automatic operation mode.
  • the radar group 106 is for measuring the distance to the person or object existing around the vehicle of the automobile 1 and is a laser radar (formally LIDAR (Light Detection and Ranging or Laser Imaging Detection and Ranging)). And millimeter wave radar.
  • the laser radar is embedded, for example, near the ceiling or the bumper, and the millimeter wave radar is provided, for example, at the front and rear of the vehicle. Both laser radar and millimeter wave radar may be provided, or only one of them may be provided. Further, other radars such as a submillimeter wave radar and a microwave radar may be used.
  • a sonar (not shown) using sound waves or ultrasonic waves can be used for the same purpose as the radar.
  • the camera group 107 includes one to a plurality of cameras for photographing the inside of the car 1 and one to a plurality of cameras for photographing the outside of the car, such as the front, side, and rear.
  • a camera that captures the interior of a vehicle is attached to the rear-view mirror (rear-view mirror, rear-view mirror) installed between the driver's seat and front passenger seat, the upper part of the front window, etc.
  • a camera for photographing the work a camera for photographing the work of the passenger sitting in the passenger seat and the rear seat is included.
  • Cameras for photographing the periphery of the automobile 1 are attached to the left and right sides of the rearview mirror, for example, and two cameras (stereo cameras) that mainly photograph the left front and right front of the automobile 1, For example, a camera that is attached to a door mirror or fender mirror to photograph the left and right sides, a camera that photographs the back of the automobile 1, and an omnidirectional camera (360-degree camera) that is attached to the roof and photographs the surroundings at a wide angle or a fisheye camera , Etc.
  • the sensor group 108 detects whether a passenger is seated in a seat such as a driver seat or a passenger seat, an open / close detection sensor for detecting opening / closing of a door or a window of the automobile 1, a sensor for detecting seat belt wear, and the like.
  • a seating sensor for example, a weight sensor
  • a touch sensor for example, a capacitance sensor
  • a human sensor for example, an infrared sensor
  • a vibration sensor for detecting vibration of a vehicle or a tire for detecting vibration of a vehicle or a tire
  • a rotation speed sensor for detecting the rotation speed of a tire
  • a direction for detecting a direction A geomagnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor for detecting acceleration, a gyro sensor (gyroscope) for detecting angle and angular velocity, and the like are included.
  • the sensor group 108 includes sensors for detecting blinking of a right turn signal, a left turn signal (direction indicator), a hazard lamp (emergency blinking light), and lighting of a backlight, a brake light, and the like. Yes.
  • the sensor group 108 also includes a sensor that detects the traveling speed of the vehicle.
  • the sensor group 108 also includes a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a heat sensor, a smoke sensor, an exhalation sensor, a carbon monoxide sensor, a hydrogen sulfide sensor, and the like, which are helpful in determining the in-vehicle situation of the automobile 1.
  • the heat sensor and smoke sensor are for detecting the occurrence of a fire in the vehicle
  • the breath sensor is for detecting the driver's drinking
  • the carbon monoxide sensor and the hydrogen sulfide sensor are This is to detect that a gas toxic to the human body is generated in the vehicle.
  • the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 grasps a moving body (including a person) around the own vehicle using the radar group 106, the sensor group 108, and the captured image of the camera group 107.
  • the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 grasps surrounding obstacles and moving bodies by performing processing based on, for example, Bayesian theory.
  • the current position detector 110 receives radio waves from GPS satellites and detects the current position of the vehicle. Since the current position detection unit 110 has poor accuracy of the position detected by the radio wave from the GPS satellite, the current position detection unit 110 includes not only the information on the current position detected by the reception of the radio wave from the GPS satellite but also 1 to 1 included in the sensor group 108. Sensor output information from a plurality of sensors, output information from the radar group 106, captured images from one to a plurality of cameras included in the camera group 107 (in combination with a navigation function), and the like are used. Thus, the current position is detected and confirmed with higher accuracy.
  • the vehicle 1 uses the current position detection unit 110 and the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 to obtain information such as position information acquired by receiving radio waves from the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and GPS satellites.
  • information such as position information acquired by receiving radio waves from the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and GPS satellites.
  • Various information that is, information corresponding to information obtained from human eyes and ears is processed by machine learning such as Bayesian theory or deep learning, and based on this, the control unit 101 changes the course of the vehicle It performs intelligent information processing (artificial intelligence) and control (artificial intelligence) such as obstacle avoidance to generate automatic driving operation information.
  • the display unit 111 includes, for example, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display).
  • the touch panel 112 is provided by superposing a touch sensor capable of touch input with a finger, a touch pen, or the like on a display screen of the display unit 111 formed of an LCD.
  • a display image including software buttons (including keyboard character input buttons) is displayed on the display screen of the display unit 111 based on the control of the control unit 101.
  • the touch panel 112 detects a touch on a software button displayed on the display screen with a finger, a touch pen, or the like, the touch panel 112 transmits the touch to the control unit 101. Receiving this, the control unit 101 is configured to execute control processing corresponding to the software button.
  • the car navigation function unit 113 is a manual driving navigation function unit 200 that constitutes a navigation means for manual driving mode and an automatic driving mode that constitutes a navigation means for automatic driving mode. And a navigation function unit 300.
  • the manual driving navigation function unit 200 assists the driver to provide route guidance to the destination.
  • the navigation function part 300 for automatic driving supports the autonomous driving
  • the control unit 101 prompts the driver or the rider to input a destination setting when the host vehicle is activated, and inputs the destination setting input.
  • a destination setting is because it is not necessary to set the destination when the vehicle is switched to the automatic operation mode and shifted to autonomous driving.
  • not only the destination but also the waypoint need not be set when the mode is switched to the automatic operation mode and shifted to autonomous driving.
  • the manual driving navigation function unit 200 assists the driver to guide the route to the destination through the route via the waypoint, and the automatic driving navigation function
  • the unit 300 supports the autonomous traveling to the destination by the vehicle 1 itself through a route via the waypoint.
  • the manual operation navigation function unit 200 includes a setting reception unit 201, a route search unit 202, and a route guidance unit 203.
  • the route guidance unit 203 includes a map display unit 2031 and a voice guidance unit 2032.
  • the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 includes a setting reception unit 301, a route search unit 302, an automatic driving control information generation unit 303, a map display unit 304, a voice guidance unit 305, and a surrounding information provision unit 306. With.
  • the car navigation database 133 connected to the car navigation function unit 113 corresponds to the map database 1331 in which map data in Japan is stored and map data in this example.
  • the route search data is stored, and the route search database 1332 for the manual driving navigation function unit and the route search database 1333 for the automatic driving navigation function unit are stored.
  • the route search database is divided into the route search database 1332 for the manual driving navigation function unit and the route search database 1333 for the automatic driving navigation function unit. This is because manual driving can be performed at his / her own discretion, and thus the support can be minimized, whereas the autonomous driving by the automobile 1 needs to provide more detailed support.
  • the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving is activated based on the activation instruction operation through the touch panel 112 by the driver or the rider or the activation instruction by voice recognized by the voice recognition unit 116.
  • the automatic operation mode is switched to the manual operation mode, in response to an inquiry from the automobile 1, an activation instruction operation through the touch panel 112 or a voice activation instruction recognized by the voice recognition unit 116 is used. to start.
  • the setting reception unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 gives priority to the expressway in addition to setting inputs such as a departure point, a destination, a waypoint (a waypoint to the destination, setting is optional), and the like.
  • Setting inputs such as a departure point, a destination, a waypoint (a waypoint to the destination, setting is optional), and the like.
  • Receives and stores priority setting inputs such as
  • the destination is set when the own vehicle is started, the set destination stored is set as the default destination. It goes without saying that this default destination can be changed or deleted.
  • the stored stopover is stored as a default stopover. You can also change or delete this default waypoint.
  • the route search unit 202 searches for a route using the route search database 1332 for the manual operation navigation function unit based on the setting input stored in the setting reception unit 201, and the route search result is displayed as a route guide unit. 203.
  • the map display unit 2031 displays A map image including the current location display of the host vehicle and the planned travel route display is displayed on the display screen of the unit 111, and the voice guidance unit 2032 emits a route guidance voice for supporting the driving operation of the driver through the speaker 138.
  • the route guidance unit 203 based on the route search result received from the route search unit 202, the map data of the map database 1331, and the current position data detected by the current position detection unit 110, the map display unit 2031 displays A map image including the current location display of the host vehicle and the planned travel route display is displayed on the display screen of the unit 111, and the voice guidance unit 2032 emits a route guidance voice for supporting the driving operation of the driver through the speaker 138.
  • the map display unit 2031 displays the vehicle position detected and confirmed by the current position detection unit 110 on the map that explicitly displays the route (route) to the destination on the display screen of the display unit 111. While displaying the superimposed image, the vehicle position (current position) on the map is moved as the vehicle moves.
  • the voice guidance unit 2032 performs voice guidance using synthesized voice at places where route guidance is necessary, such as intersections and branch points on the route (route) to the destination.
  • route guidance is necessary, such as intersections and branch points on the route (route) to the destination.
  • a guidance voice is emitted so that the driver can easily recognize the driving operation to be performed at the branch point.
  • the voice guidance unit 2032 emits guidance voices such as “turn right after 300 meters”, “turn right after 100 meters”, and “turn right here” according to the driving of the vehicle. With this voice guidance, the driver can recognize the intersection to be turned right and the position of the branch point, and can make a right turn driving operation.
  • the automatic operation navigation function unit 300 is automatically activated by the control of the control unit 101 when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode. Accordingly, the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 always recognizes the activated current position as the departure place. For this reason, in the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving, it is not necessary to input the setting of the departure place.
  • the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 determines whether or not the destination has already been set. If the destination has not been set, the destination setting input is operated. To the driver or passenger, and the destination set and input is stored. Of course, the destination setting input can be selected and input, the driver or the rider can be prompted to select it, and the selected and input destination can be stored. In addition, it prompts the driver or the rider to enter or set a transit point (selection input from a plurality of candidates, including no transit point), and stores the transit point that has been set or selected.
  • the stored destination or waypoint may be adopted as it is, but in this embodiment, the user In view of this convenience, an inquiry is made as to whether or not to change the destination or waypoint, and if there is no change in the destination or waypoint, the stored destination or waypoint is adopted.
  • the setting reception unit 301 gives priority to a highway, a general road, or a distance. Accept and store priority setting inputs such as (prioritize the shortest route), prioritize time (prioritize the shorter arrival time), prioritize cost (prioritize the one that does not cost) .
  • the driver or the rider wants to go to sleep or to freely act as the autonomous driving navigation function unit 300 in the automatic driving mode, it is left to the autonomous driving by the automatic driving of the automobile 1.
  • Route guidance and map display are unnecessary.
  • some drivers and passengers may want to know the current position of the vehicle on a map or what kind of traveling to perform for the execution of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 in the automatic driving mode.
  • the driver and the rider do not need the voice of route guidance, but when a specific point is reached, the driver or the passenger may want to know peripheral information such as tourist information or restaurant information at the point.
  • the manual operation operation detection unit 105 detects the manual operation operation, whether to switch to the manual operation mode immediately or, for example, the manual operation operation detection unit 105 performs manual operation. Even when an operation is detected, the mode is switched to the manual operation mode only when an explicit switching instruction operation through the touch panel 112 is detected or when an explicit switching instruction is received by the voice recognition unit 116. In some cases, it is desired to set the level of switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode.
  • the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is activated when the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is activated in accordance with the switching from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode. Whether to request a map display during the execution of the above navigation, whether to request route guidance by synthetic voice, which will be described later, or a service for providing surrounding information, whether to register a point to request the provision of surrounding information, A setting input such as which of the above levels is to be switched to the manual operation mode is also accepted.
  • the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is similar to the setting reception unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, such as destination, waypoint, highway priority, distance priority, time priority, and cost priority. It is also possible to accept and store setting inputs such as.
  • the route search unit 302 searches for a route using the route search database 1333 for the navigation function unit for automatic driving, and the route search result is used for automatic driving. This information is provided to the control information generation unit 303.
  • the automatic driving control information generation unit 303 Driving control instruction information that supports autonomous driving is generated. Based on this driving control instruction information, the control unit 101 controls the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive control unit 103 to execute autonomous driving.
  • the automatic driving control information generating unit 303 notifies the control unit 101 of information on the separation direction and the distance, and When the current position of the vehicle is on the route to the destination, the control unit 101 is notified of the change direction information along the route before the intersection or branching point on the route as the vehicle moves. To do.
  • the control unit 101 based on the driving control instruction information notified from the automatic driving control information generating unit 303, the current position confirmation result of the current position detecting unit 110 and the grasping result of the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, For controlling the motor drive unit 131 through the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive unit 132 through the steering drive control unit 103 so that the vehicle moves along the route as instructed on the route. Generates automatic driving operation information. Therefore, the vehicle 1 moves to the destination even when the passenger is unmanned by the route guidance to the destination by the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 and the control unit 101 of the car navigation function unit 113 in the automatic driving mode. Can do.
  • the map display unit 304 is a processing function unit that performs map display processing during the execution of the automatic driving navigation function. Since the map display unit 304 does not need to provide assistance to the driver with the navigation function for automatic driving, in this embodiment, the display screen of the display unit 111 is divided in the vicinity of the intersection or branch point, A display for enlarging and guiding the vicinity of the branch point is omitted.
  • the map display unit 304 may perform the same map display processing as the map display unit 2031 of the route guidance unit 203 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and in that case, the manual driving navigation function unit
  • the map display unit 2031 of the route guidance unit 203 of 200 can also be used as the map display unit 304 of the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving.
  • the map display unit 304 is activated when the setting reception unit 301 requests a map display during execution of the automatic driving navigation, and is activated, and the navigation execution by the above-described automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is performed.
  • the inside map display is executed and the map display is not requested, the non-operating state is entered.
  • the switch 307 in FIG. 2 is for explicitly indicating that the map display unit 304 can be switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
  • the voice guidance unit 305 is a processing function unit that performs voice guidance processing using synthesized speech while the navigation for automatic driving is being executed. There is no need to provide assistance to the driver with the navigation function for automatic driving, so a polite voice guidance according to approaching the intersection or branching point such as "Turn right at 300 meters" or "It will be a branching point soon". In this embodiment, the voice guidance unit 305 performs a voice guidance process for notifying the driver and the rider of what action the vehicle takes at an intersection or a branch point.
  • the voice guidance unit 305 may provide the same voice guidance as the voice guidance unit 2032 of the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving. In that case, the voice guidance unit 2032 of the route guidance unit 203 of the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving can be used as the voice guidance unit 305 of the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving.
  • the voice guidance unit 305 is also activated when the setting reception unit 301 requests voice guidance during execution of automatic driving navigation and is set in an operational state. Navigation execution by the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is performed. When the voice guidance in the middle is executed and no voice guidance is requested, it becomes inactive.
  • the switch 308 in FIG. 2 is intended to explicitly indicate that the voice guidance unit 305 is switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
  • the peripheral information providing unit 306 enters an operation state when the setting receiving unit 301 receives registration of a location that requests the provision of peripheral information.
  • the switch 309 in FIG. 2 is for explicitly indicating that the peripheral information providing unit 306 is switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
  • the surrounding information providing unit 306 monitors the current position of the host vehicle detected by the current position detecting unit 110, and when the current position of the host vehicle is at or near a registered point, the car navigation database 133 is displayed. Information on the registered points stored in the map database, such as sightseeing information, surrounding scenery guidance information, restaurant information such as surrounding restaurants, etc. are read and displayed on the display screen of the display unit 111 Or a synthesized voice is notified through the speaker 138 through the voice input / output unit 122. In this case, in the case where the user can preliminarily register and set whether to request similar information as the peripheral information, only the peripheral information set and registered is set. Is provided.
  • the display screen of the display unit 111 displays icon buttons for searching around, When the rider presses down the icon button for searching for the vicinity, it is detected on the touch panel 112, and depending on the detection result, the manual driving navigation function unit 200 or the automatic driving navigation function being executed at that time is detected.
  • the unit 300 is configured to execute a peripheral search function centered on the current position where the peripheral search icon button is pressed and to provide a search result to a driver or a rider. Yes.
  • the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving of the car navigation function unit 113 detects the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110.
  • a surrounding search is performed with respect to the attribute of the destination with the position as the center, and the facility or place as a result of the surrounding search is set as the destination.
  • the car navigation function unit 113 refers to the map information of the car navigation database 133 from the latitude / longitude information of the current position information detected by the current position detection unit 110, thereby It has a function to detect names, facility names, and addresses.
  • the voice guidance unit 2032 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 of the car navigation function unit 113 and the voice guidance unit 305 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 include the location name and facility name of the detected current position, A function of transferring the name of the address to the synthesized speech generation unit 121 based on the control of the control unit 101 is also provided.
  • the image recognition unit 114 performs a matching process between a captured image from a camera that captures the inside of the vehicle in the camera group 107 and a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle, and image information stored in the image information storage unit 134.
  • An image recognition result is obtained for determining an in-vehicle situation such as a physical change of a driver or a rider, a driver's work such as sleeping, eating and drinking, smoking, looking away, aside, and a driver's footwear.
  • the image recognition unit 114 transfers the obtained recognition result to the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117.
  • the image recognition unit 114 recognizes a person standing on a pedestrian crossing or a crossing barrier of a railroad crossing from a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle in the camera group 107, thereby detecting a railroad crossing barrier.
  • the image recognizing unit 114 also has a function of recognizing a road sign or a road sign from a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the camera group 107.
  • the image information storage unit 134 connected to the image recognition unit 114 stores image information of a comparative image for image recognition.
  • a comparison image stored in the image information storage unit 134 for comparison with a captured image from a camera that captures the inside of the vehicle, an image of a person sitting in the seat, lack of human resources, front and back blindness, fainting state, Images of seizures of a spider, images of snoozing (a state in which a spider remains closed for a certain period of time, a cocked cock, etc.), images of people who are looking aside or looking aside, images of people who are eating and drinking Other than, images of food and drink (rice balls, sandwiches, lunch boxes, sweets, ice cream, water, tea, coffee, etc.) (helps detect food and drink), cigarettes (helps detect smoking) Images of footwear (footwear that may cause misoperation such as clogs, slippers, and high heels) and images of bare feet (state that does not wear footwear and may cause misoperation).
  • a comparison image stored in the image information storage unit 134 for comparison with a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle, an image of a landscape that causes a look away or a side view (for example, an image of a superb view of autumn leaves, Images of famous places / historic sites, images of festival shrines, images of fireworks, images of renovations, etc.) and images of celebrities (for example, images of famous celebrities and athletes).
  • image data of road signs and road markings are registered and stored in advance as comparative images.
  • the image recognition unit 114 includes a captured image from one or more cameras that capture the front, side, rear, and the like outside the vehicle 1 in the camera group 107, and image data of road signs and road markings. By performing the matching process, road signs and road markings are extracted from the captured images of the one or more cameras.
  • the image recognition unit 114 transfers the recognition result based on the captured image from the camera that captures the outside of the vehicle to the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118.
  • the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 detects movements such as start, stop, straight traveling, slow travel, right rotation, left rotation, and reverse movement of the own vehicle (automobile 1) from the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107. It detects movements such as moving to the left side of the road and straddling the center line of the driving lane.
  • the automatic operation switching condition discriminating unit 115 changes from the manual operation mode stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, which will be described in detail later, to the automatic operation mode (including the normal automatic operation mode and the forced automatic operation mode). It is determined whether or not the in-vehicle situation of the vehicle or the behavior in the manual operation mode by the driver matches with any of the switching conditions to be switched, and when it is determined that they match, the manual operation mode is changed to the normal automatic operation mode or An instruction to switch to the forced automatic operation mode is sent to the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104.
  • the voice recognition unit 116 performs a matching process between the voice information from the microphone 137 and the voice information stored in the voice information storage unit 136, so that the physical change of the driver or the rider or the driver And voice recognition results for determining in-vehicle conditions such as passenger's convenience and urine feeling.
  • the voice recognition unit 116 transfers the obtained recognition result to the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117.
  • a whisper, asthma, scream or “suffer”, “help”, “help” Voice information such as “I feel bad”, “Somehow”, “I feel sick”, “I ’m going to vomit”, “U”, “Gee”, or when the driver or rider has a stool or urine
  • the voice information of squeezed voices (words) such as “toilet”, “toilet”, “toilet”, “limit”, “leak” seems to be used for voice recognition by the voice recognition unit 116.
  • a child's cry, a falling sound from a child's seat, a pet's bark, and the like are registered and stored in advance.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes an image recognition result from the image recognition unit 114, a voice recognition result from the voice recognition unit 116, and sensors from one or more sensors that contribute to the determination of the in-vehicle situation in the sensor group 108. From the output, the in-vehicle situation serving as a switching condition for switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode is determined. Then, the in-vehicle state determination unit 117 transfers the determination result of the in-vehicle state to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
  • the mobile phone function unit 119 is built in the automobile 1 in advance, and is registered as a subscriber and assigned a predetermined subscriber number. A driver or a rider of the automobile 1 can make a mobile phone call by so-called hands-free. Then, as will be described later, the control unit 101 of the automobile 1 stores the portable information when a report to the number 119 is stored as setting information related to the switching conditions stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135.
  • the telephone function unit 119 is provided with a function for making a 119 report.
  • the notification information in the 119th notification is composed of synthesized speech from the synthesized speech generating unit 121.
  • the mobile phone function unit 119 also has a mail function and an Internet connection function.
  • the clock unit 120 has a calendar function, provides the current date and time, and also has a timer function for measuring time from a predetermined timing based on the control of the control unit 101.
  • the synthesized voice generating unit 121 has a built-in memory for storing voice message data to be emitted to the outside, and also provides route guidance from the voice guidance unit 2032 and the voice guidance unit 304 of the car navigation function unit 113 and the surrounding information providing unit 306. It has a function to convert voice data, location name, facility name, and address of the current position into synthesized voice.
  • the voice message stored in the synthesized voice generation unit 121 is, for example, “switched to the normal automatic operation mode”, “switched to the forced automatic operation mode”, “to the manual operation mode” as described later.
  • Operation mode switching notification messages such as “Switched” and a notification message for prompting destination setting input when switching from the normal manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode are prepared.
  • the microphone 137 and the speaker 138 are connected to the voice input / output unit 122.
  • the microphone 137 and the speaker 138 are used as a hand-free telephone handset using the mobile phone function unit 119.
  • the voice input / output unit 122 not only has a function of sending and receiving voice for hands-free calling using the mobile phone function unit 119, but also uses the microphone 137 to transmit in-vehicle audio information for determining in-vehicle conditions.
  • a function of collecting and supplying to the voice recognition unit 116 and a function of emitting from the speaker 138 the above-described operation mode switching notification message, a notification message for prompting destination setting input, and the like are also provided.
  • the first type of switching condition is defined as an in-vehicle situation in which, if the driver continues driving in the manual driving mode, there is a problem in ensuring safety. That is, when the in-vehicle situation of the automobile 1 becomes an in-vehicle situation that matches this switching condition, there is a danger or safety is not ensured.
  • This first type of switching condition is defined as a condition for switching to the automatic driving mode so as to achieve a driving state in which safe driving is maintained.
  • the second type of switching condition prevents driving that does not comply with traffic regulations such as “No overtaking”, “Right turn (left turn) prohibited”, “Limited speed”, “Signal compliance”, “Temporary stop at level crossing”, etc.
  • traffic regulations such as “No overtaking”, “Right turn (left turn) prohibited”, “Limited speed”, “Signal compliance”, “Temporary stop at level crossing”, etc.
  • traffic regulations such as “No overtaking”, “Right turn (left turn) prohibited”, “Limited speed”, “Signal compliance”, “Temporary stop at level crossing”, etc.
  • traffic regulations such as “No overtaking”, “Right turn (left turn) prohibited”, “Limited speed”, “Signal compliance”, “Temporary stop at level crossing”, etc.
  • the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 connected to the automatic operation switching condition determination unit 115 includes a first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 for the first type switching condition, and a second type of switching condition table TBL1.
  • a second automatic operation switching condition table (forced automatic operation switching condition table) TBL2 for the switching conditions is stored.
  • the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 is changed from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode or the normal operation mode when the vehicle 1 is traveling in the manual operation mode.
  • Switching conditions for switching to forced automatic operation mode, control details when the switching conditions are met, destination information in normal automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode, release conditions for normal automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode Are stored in association with each other.
  • the control content when the switching condition is met depends on the automatic operation mode specification information on whether to switch to normal automatic operation mode or forced automatic operation mode when the switching condition is met, and the matching switching condition.
  • the vehicle 1 includes control contents to be performed in the automatic operation mode after switching (including the forced automatic operation mode).
  • the release condition is a condition for releasing the forced automatic operation mode and returning to the manual operation mode, or an operation condition for switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode.
  • the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL ⁇ b> 2 indicates that the driving mode of the car 1 is changed from the manual driving mode to the forced automatic driving mode while the car 1 is running in the manual driving mode.
  • the switching conditions for switching to, the operation details in the forced automatic operation mode, and the cancellation conditions for the forced automatic operation mode are stored in association with each other.
  • the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 are written and stored in advance by the manufacturer or sales company of the automobile 1. .
  • the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 can be additionally stored. And it is comprised so that the user of the motor vehicle 1, ie, a driver
  • the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 may be set and registered in advance by each automobile company, or standardized by the automobile industry, May be set by the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism. In this case, the user cannot change or delete the stored contents.
  • the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 are used from homepages such as automobile companies and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism using the function of connecting to the Internet provided in the mobile phone function unit 119.
  • the latest condition table may be updated.
  • the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism is a Japanese government office, but it may be considered the same as the government office that controls the transportation and transportation of the country where the automobile 1 runs. For example, in the case of the United States, it is DOT (United States States Department of Transportation).
  • the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 are related to traffic regulations, etc., in each country, even in the same country, the state (USA), the province (China), the prefecture ( Japan) and other regions.
  • the current position during traveling is detected by radio waves from the GPS satellite, the mobile phone function unit 119, and the like, and based on the country and region determined from the current position, the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 and the first Alternatively, the automatic operation switching condition table TBL2 may be switched.
  • the driver or the rider instead of automatically switching according to the country or region where the vehicle is traveling, the driver or the rider identifies the country or region where the vehicle is traveling, and the first corresponding to the country or region where the vehicle is traveling.
  • the automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic operation switching condition table TBL2 may be used.
  • the vehicle 1 When traveling in multiple countries is performed on a daily basis, such as in the EU (European Union), the vehicle 1 is subject to the first automatic driving switching condition in all countries where traveling is planned.
  • the table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 may be stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 in association with the identification information of all countries. This is the same not only in the country but also in the region.
  • the switching conditions are “change in health condition of driver or rider 1”, “change in health condition of driver or rider 2”, “sleeping of driver”, “driving” ”Poor physical condition such as car sickness or nausea of the driver or rider”, “convenience or urinary feeling of the driver or rider”, “overworked driving”, “running (including red light stop, temporary stop such as railroad crossings) "Drinking by the driver”, “Driving by the driver, driving aside", “Drinking or smoking by the driver”, “Deterioration of driving environment”, “Abnormal behavior of children and pets riding together”, “How to drive ⁇ Attitude '', ⁇ The driver is wearing footwear that interferes with driving or is not wearing footwear '', and conditions for ensuring safe driving by avoiding situations that are likely to cause accidents are exemplified ing.
  • designation of the automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode are “change in health condition of driver or rider 1”
  • change in health condition of driver or rider 2” such as car sickness or nausea of the driver
  • the switching conditions shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 are part of the contents of the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1, and it goes without saying that various other predetermined switching conditions are registered.
  • the switching condition for “change in health condition of driver or rider 1” the driver or rider is registered with an emergency such as lack of personnel, lack of front and back, fainting, etc. ing.
  • the automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115 discriminates whether or not the switching condition for the “change in health condition of the driver or the rider 1” is met by using the determination result of the in-vehicle situation determining unit 117.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether or not a driver or a passenger is in a state in which a physical abnormality such as a lack of personnel, an unforeseen loss, or a faint has occurred due to image recognition by the image recognition unit 114. To do.
  • the case of a driver will be described.
  • the driver is photographed by a camera in a group of cameras 107 mounted on the side of the rearview mirror 2 of the automobile 1.
  • the captured image of the driver is an image with a movement in which the driver opens his eyes, looks ahead and operates the steering wheel (handle).
  • the driver experiences a physical change and is in a state of lack of personnel, loss of anteroposteriorness, or fainting the driver's captured image is faced down without the driver's eyes closed and the face gazing forward (upward In some cases, the image becomes loose and does not move.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the abnormal state generated in the driver as described above from the recognition result from the image recognition unit 114 and transmits the determination to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
  • the image information storage unit 134 may store abundant medically characteristic and detailed comparative image information.
  • the automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115 receives the determination result of the in-vehicle situation, and collates the determination result with the stored content of the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 to obtain “the health condition of the driver or the rider”. It is determined that the switching condition for “abnormality 1” (see FIG. 3) is met.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes the voice recognition unit 116 in addition to the image recognition result.
  • This recognition of the driver's or rider's health condition 1 is made by taking into account the recognition of whispering voices, whispering voices, and phlegm (in cases of cerebral overflow (brain hemorrhage), etc.) Like that. Thereby, the accuracy of the determination in the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 can be improved.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of this “change in the health condition of the driver or passenger 1” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • a hospital is designated as the destination (destination).
  • the designated hospital may be selected and designated in advance by a driver or the like, or may be selected and designated when switching to the automatic operation mode.
  • a specific hospital for example, a family hospital can be designated.
  • the hospital name, address, and telephone number of the family hospital are stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135.
  • the control unit 101 of the automobile 1 uses the mobile phone function unit 119 to call the hospital using the telephone number of the hospital, tells the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, etc., and takes the suddenly ill person. Let the hospital know.
  • a message for this purpose is stored in advance in the synthesized speech generator 121.
  • the hospital can be notified by email instead of by phone. Further, in order to accurately convey the medical condition of the suddenly ill person to doctors in the hospital, the image information and voice information of the suddenly ill person may be emailed as an attached file.
  • a destination attribute may be designated as a destination such as “emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current position”.
  • the car navigation function unit 113 searches for the corresponding hospital around the current position, The vicinity search result is the destination.
  • the control unit 101 of the automobile 1 uses the telephone number of the hospital to call the hospital by the mobile phone function unit 119 as described above. Make a phone call, tell the car's characteristics and driver's name, and inform the hospital that you will be taking a sudden illness. Further, as described above, notification can be made not only by telephone but also by a communication application such as mail or LINE. Further, the image information and voice information of the suddenly ill person may be mailed as an attached file.
  • the synthesized voice generating unit 121 instead of designating a specific destination or destination attribute as a destination, it is possible to select stopping at a road shoulder or the like and making a 119 notification.
  • the synthesized voice generating unit 121 generates the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, the occurrence of a sudden illness, the name of the current location, the address, etc. To include.
  • the motor vehicle 1 may make it equip the motor vehicle 1 with the medical information storage part (not shown) which incorporates various medical information (medical information) and a medical database (not shown).
  • medical information such as disease name, symptom, and coping method is clearly stored in the medical information storage unit for intracerebral hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, and other various diseases.
  • image information such as eye condition, facial expression, sweating, convulsions, etc., and voice information such as wrinkles, whispering, etc. peculiar to various diseases. Be able to grasp quickly and accurately.
  • image information stores not only still images but also moving images. Therefore, when an anomaly 1 occurs, it is possible to determine the control content, the countermeasure, and the destination of the automobile 1 based on the medical information stored in the medical information storage unit.
  • the car 1 selects an optimal traveling speed (for example, 30 km / h or less) that does not impose a burden on the suddenly ill person, or the car navigation function unit 113 stores the unevenness of the road in the car navigation database 133. It is also possible to provide information and the like from the car navigation function unit 113 to provide an optimal route that can travel smoothly without causing vibrations to the suddenly ill.
  • the medical information storage unit stores a medical history or medical history of a driver or a rider, a quicker and more appropriate response can be made when an anomaly 1 occurs.
  • the destination is the hospital with the specialist or the hospital with specialized equipment based on the type of disease.
  • the department is a neurosurgeon specialist or specialized equipment
  • the hospital is equipped with cardiovascular or cardiac specialists or specialized equipment.
  • the driver or rider is a pregnant woman and labor pains occur, it is not a state of personnel refusal, anteroposterior fainting, fainting, or illness, but it is a life-threatening emergency and conforms to Incident 1. .
  • the automobile 1 heads for the pregnant woman's family gynecology department, obstetrics department, or maternity hospital so that the pregnant woman can give birth safely.
  • the forced automatic driving mode cancellation condition corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or passenger 1” is set to “arrival at destination” or “arrival of ambulance”.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 uses the image recognition result in the image recognition unit 114 and the voice recognition result in the voice recognition unit 116 to determine this “change 2 in the health condition of the driver or the rider”. To.
  • the control content for the switching condition of “change in the health condition of the driver or the rider 2” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode, and the driver or the rider is awakened even if a physical change occurs.
  • the destination is inquired to the driver or the rider.
  • the driver or the like selects and designates “home (including address and location information)”, “hospital (including hospital name, address and location information)”, and “stop on the shoulder”. Alternatively, it may be selected and specified when switching to the automatic operation mode.
  • the release condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or rider 2” is set to “arrival at destination”.
  • the control unit 101 When the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or passenger 2” is met, based on the matching result of the automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115, the control unit 101, for example, the synthesized voice “is it all right?” A message is sent to ask about safety, and even if the destination is pre-registered in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, an inquiry “Do you want to make the destination a registered place?” As will be described later. To change the destination (destination). This takes into account the case where the driver or the rider decides that he / she should go to the hospital from the degree of physical change even if “home” or “stop on the shoulder” is selected in the pre-registration. In this embodiment, when “stop on the shoulder” is registered in advance, it is stipulated that an inquiry “Do you want to call 119?” Is made.
  • destinations such as “Do you want to return home?”, “Do you want to go to the hospital?”, “Do you want to stop?” (Destination) inquiry message is generated by synthesized voice, and the driver or rider's reply such as “Yes”, “No” etc. is recognized by voice, and the destination is determined according to the recognition result To.
  • the control unit 101 when there is no pre-registration as a destination corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or rider 2”, and there is no response to the inquiry by synthetic voice, the control unit 101 Is determined to be in a dangerous state, and an emergency hospital or a general hospital close to the current position is searched by the peripheral search function of the car navigation function unit 113, and the searched hospital is headed to the hospital. In this case, if the hospital cannot be searched, the vehicle stops on the shoulder or the like, and 119 is notified.
  • the synthesized voice generator 121 In the case of 119 notification, as described above, the synthesized voice generator 121 generates the 119 notification by generating the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, the occurrence of a sudden illness, the name of the current location, the address, etc. Include in the content.
  • the forced automatic driving mode canceling condition corresponding to the switching condition of “driver or passenger health condition change 2” is “arrival at destination” or “arrival of ambulance”.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 recognizes the state in which the eyelid remains closed for a certain period of time, the head cockle cockle, or the like by the image recognition of the camera 107a that captures the driver 3 in the image recognition unit 114. By recognizing, the driver's sleep state is determined.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's dozing” is to switch to the normal automatic driving mode, and to send a call voice (synthetic voice) or alarm sound or buzzer to wake up the driver. Is done. This is because it can be expected that the driver is awakened by the calling voice, the alarm sound, and the buzzer. Note that vibration may be applied to the seat instead of or in addition to the calling voice.
  • the destination (destination) for the switching condition of the “driver's sleep” is the set destination when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel. However, if the user is not awakened by calling voice or vibration (can be judged from image recognition), a physical trouble or a mental trouble is expected instead of falling asleep.
  • the destination (destination) is an emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current position. Further, if the hospital is not found by the peripheral search, the vehicle stops on the shoulder or the like, and the 119th report including the predetermined notification items as described above is sent.
  • the cancellation condition of the normal automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of the “driver's drowsiness” is “when the destination (destination) determined at the time of switching to the automatic driving mode is“ preset destination ”. In other cases such as a hospital, the destination is “arrived at the destination”.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 performs the image recognition result of the photographed image of the driver or the rider in the image recognition unit 114, “bad feeling”, “drunk in the car”, “pauses”, “spit” From the speech recognition results of the speech recognition unit 116 such as “Yes”, “Uh”, “Gee”, etc., the situation of “bad physical condition such as driver sickness or nausea” is determined. .
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of the“ physical sickness such as driver's or passenger's sickness and nausea ” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the destination is the nearest PA (parking area) or SA (service area) if the current position is on the highway, and “stops on the shoulder” if the current position is a general road. . “Return to home” can be registered as a destination. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “the poor condition of the driver or the passenger such as car sickness and nausea” is assumed to be “arriving at the destination”.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the driver or the rider is striking through image recognition of the captured image of the driver or the rider in the image recognition unit 114, and “toilet”, “ From the speech recognition result in the speech recognition unit 116 of the utterance such as “Looks like”, the situation of “the driver's or the rider's convenience and urine” is determined.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's or rider's convenience or urine” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the destination is the nearest PA (parking area) or SA (service area) if the current location is on the expressway, and the nearest “convenience store” or “gas station” if the current location is a general road. It is said to be a place with toilets. The place where the toilet is located can be pre-registered by the attribute of the destination such as “convenience store” or “gas station”.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “the driver's or passenger's convenience or urine” is set to be “arriving at the destination”.
  • the switching condition in this case is one of three conditions.
  • the first condition is that a single driver continues to drive for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 2 hours or longer.
  • the second condition is that the total driving time per day for one driver is not less than a predetermined time, for example, not less than 5 hours.
  • the third condition is that the number of times of switching between the manual operation mode and the automatic operation mode of the day is a predetermined number of times or more, for example, 20 times or more while one driver is driving.
  • the situation in which any of the above three conditions is satisfied takes into consideration that the driver may overwork and may cause trouble in safe driving.
  • the overwork determination condition is not limited to the above three conditions, and the facial expression of the driver photographed with the camera of the camera group 107 is image-recognized to determine whether the driver is tired or not. You may measure a living body and determine the degree of overwork from the measured value.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether one driver has continued driving for 2 hours or more continuously and whether the total driving time exceeds 5 hours based on time information from the clock unit 120. Then, it is determined that the in-vehicle situation of the switching condition of the first condition or the second condition has been reached. In addition, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 receives information on switching between the manual operation mode and the automatic operation mode from the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104, and counts the number of times, thereby allowing one driver.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of this “overworked driving” is the switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • a destination for the switching condition of the “overworked driving” when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination must be set in advance. For example, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode.
  • the release condition of the forced automatic operation mode corresponding to this “overworked driving” switching condition is set to “arriving at the destination”.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the in-vehicle situation of “driving by the driver” from the detection result of the alcohol concentration contained in the expiration of the driver by the expiration sensor included in the sensor group 108.
  • the image recognition unit 114 recognizes an image when the driver is drinking a drink, and the bottle, bottle, or can of the drink that is being held or held is beer, sake, Recognizing whether the drink is an alcoholic drink such as wine, whiskey, cocktail, shochu, etc., the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 that receives the recognition result determines the in-vehicle situation of “driver's drinking”. .
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's drinking” is the switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • a destination for the switching condition of “driving by the driver” if the vehicle 1 is running (when the red light is stopped, including a temporary stop such as a railroad crossing), the destination is set at the start of running. In this case, the destination is set, and if the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the passenger in response to an inquiry when switching to the automatic driving mode.
  • the cancellation condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's drinking” is “arrival at the destination” or “disappearance of the switching condition”.
  • the disappearance of the switching condition is when the alcohol concentration of the driver's exhalation at the exhalation sensor becomes a predetermined value or less, or after the elapse of time, for example, 8 hours after returning from the drinking state to the normal state.
  • the switching condition “driver's looking away / sideways” will be described.
  • the switching condition is that the driver's look-ahead or side-view continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 1 minute or longer.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the driver is looking aside or looking aside from the continuation of the driver for about 1 minute and the direction of the line of sight based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera. Try to determine the situation. By considering the continuation of the state of the driver for more than 1 minute and the direction of the line of sight, it is possible to make a distinction from the point of the left-right confirmation for driving safety.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 detects the location of a famous place / historic site / superb view (including autumn leaves) by the vicinity search function of the car navigation function unit 113, and performs the above-described image recognition based on the above-described image recognition. In addition to the detection of the above, it is possible to determine the in-vehicle situation of “driver's looking away and aside”. In addition, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 accesses the Internet through the mobile phone function unit 119, searches for information on events around the current position, and detects detection results of events such as festivals, fireworks, and new store opening sales.
  • the image recognition unit 114 adds the detection results of the above-mentioned famous celebrities, athletes, and recently-talked-about persons to the above-mentioned detection of the state of the heart by the above-mentioned image recognition. It is possible to determine the in-vehicle situation of “seeing away, seeing”.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of “driver's looking away and aside” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. Then, as a destination for the switching condition of “driver's look-aside and side-view”, when a destination is set at the start of driving of the automobile 1, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If not set, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode is set.
  • the driver is asked whether to stop by a synthesized voice message, and if the answer is affirmative, the destination, such as the sights / historic sites detected in the surrounding search, the event venue detected in the Internet search, etc. are presented as the destination. Then, the driver may be allowed to determine whether or not the landmark / historic site is the destination. Or you may make it stop on a road shoulder etc. for a viewing.
  • the release condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's looking away and aside” is “arrival at destination” or “disappearance of switching condition”.
  • the disappearance of the switching condition is made after a predetermined time, for example, 5 minutes elapses after the state of “driver's looking away, aside” disappears.
  • it may be a predetermined distance, for example, 500 meters or more away from the place where the “driver's looking aside or sidewalk” occurs.
  • the switching condition “driver's eating and drinking or smoking” is that eating or drinking or smoking by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 3 minutes or longer.
  • the vehicle interior state determination unit 117 determines a state in which the driver is eating or drinking or smoking based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera, and the state is 3 minutes or more based on the time information of the clock unit 120.
  • the in-vehicle situation of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is determined depending on whether or not it has continued. Eating, drinking and smoking in a short period of less than 3 minutes by the driver are considered to be acceptable for manual driving.
  • the image recognizing unit 114 recognizes rice balls, sandwiches, lunch boxes, sweets, ice cream, water, tea, coffee, etc. included in the driver's captured image by the camera, so that the driver's eating and drinking If the driver has a cigarette in his hand, the driver's smoking status can be recognized.
  • the switching condition of “driver's eating and drinking or smoking” an intention display from the driver that automatic driving may be accepted when the switching condition is met is accepted.
  • the switching condition is valid only when the positive intention display is set.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. Then, as a destination for the switching condition of “driver's eating and drinking or smoking”, when the destination is set when the automobile 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If not set, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode is set.
  • the cancellation condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is “end of eating or drinking or smoking”, that is, “disappearance of switching condition”.
  • the switching condition “deterioration of ambient environment during operation” is that the surrounding environment during driving is a backlight, a dusk (sunset) state, bad weather (rain, snow, etc.), and the driver is difficult to see the surroundings.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the in-vehicle situation of “deterioration of the surrounding environment during driving” based on a photographed image from a camera that images the outside, a sensor detection output of a temperature sensor, and a humidity sensor.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 uses the result of voice recognition by the voice recognition unit 116 that the driver shouts out loud, such as “difficult to see” and “difficult to drive”. The deterioration of the surrounding environment ”may be determined.
  • the control content for the switching condition of “deterioration of ambient environment during driving” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the normal automatic operation mode may be used instead of the forced automatic operation mode.
  • the destination set for the switching condition of “deterioration of ambient environment during driving” is the destination set at the start of traveling of the automobile 1.
  • the cancellation condition of the forced automatic operation mode corresponding to the switching condition of “deterioration of the surrounding environment during driving” is “disappearance of the switching condition” such as an improvement of the surrounding environment during driving.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes an image recognition result of a captured image from a camera that captures a driver (driver's seat) and a passenger, and the above-mentioned child cry, falling sound as a voice recognition result in the voice recognition unit 116, From the pet bark, the “switching behavior of the child, pet” in the above switching condition is determined.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of “children and pets” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • a destination for the switching condition of “children and pets” if the destination is set when the car 1 starts to travel, the destination is set and the destination is set in advance. If not, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “children and pets” is that the state of the child or pet returns to normal (the child or pet may be close to the driver or away from the driver's seat. It is assumed that the switching condition disappears.
  • the switching condition “one-handed operation and free-running operation by the driver” will be described.
  • the state of the one-handed driving by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 2 minutes or longer, or the state of the hands-free driving by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 10 seconds or longer.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines a state in which the driver is driving one hand or releasing it based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera, and the state is 2 based on the time information of the clock unit 120.
  • the in-vehicle situation of “one-handed driving by the driver, free-running driving” is determined depending on whether or not it has continued for more than a minute or more than 10 seconds.
  • the control content regarding the switching condition of “one-handed driving and free-running driving by the driver” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the driver emits a voice message from the speaker 138, such as “One-handed driving or hand-off driving is dangerous, so it has been switched to the automatic driving mode”, or an alarm sound or buzzer. To alert the driver.
  • the destination set for the switching condition of “one-hand driving by the driver, hand-off driving” is the destination set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel.
  • the forced automatic operation mode release condition corresponding to the switching condition of “one-handed driving and free-running by the driver” is that the driver stops single-handed driving and free-running driving, and the driver's driving posture is correct. It is said to be when.
  • the switching condition “driver's footwear is inappropriate” will be explained.
  • the driver's footwear is unsuitable for driving, for example, clogs, slippers, high heels, etc.
  • the case is a switching condition.
  • the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the footwear is inappropriate such as clogs, slippers, high heels, or inappropriate such as bare feet, based on the image recognition result of the footwear (or feet) in the photographed image of the driver by the camera. It is determined whether or not
  • the control content for the switching condition of “unsuitable driver's footwear” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • a synthetic voice message is displayed to the driver saying "Shoes are inappropriate for driving, so please replace them” or "Please wear shoes because barefoot is inappropriate for driving.” To warn of changing or wearing footwear.
  • the destination As a destination for the switching condition of “inappropriate driver's footwear”, when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If it is not set to, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “Inappropriate driver's footwear” is that the switching condition disappears when the driver exchanges or wears the appropriate footwear. It is said.
  • the storage contents of the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 described above are to store each of the switching condition, the content of forced automatic operation after switching, and the release condition as a corresponding processing program.
  • the user describes the switching conditions, the cancellation conditions and the control contents in the forced automatic driving mode as described above.
  • the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 has a processing function for automatically generating a corresponding processing program and storing it in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135.
  • the switching conditions are “passing prohibition”, “right turn (left turn prohibition) prohibition”, “speed limit”, “signal compliance”, “pause at the crossing”, “mobile terminal during travel”
  • Conditions for preventing non-compliance with traffic laws such as “use of”, “ignoring suspension at pedestrian crossings”, “interfering driving”, “dangerous driving, reckless driving”, “rapid accelerator, sudden braking, sudden Examples of conditions for ensuring safe driving while avoiding a state that easily causes an accident such as a “handle” are illustrated.
  • the content of travel control in the forced automatic driving mode after switching and the canceling condition of the forced automatic driving mode are determined.
  • the switching conditions shown in FIGS. 3 to 7 are a part of the contents stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135, and various other switching conditions that are set in advance to comply with traffic regulations. Needless to say, various switching conditions that are predetermined in order to maintain safe driving are registered. Further, as described above, the switching condition, the control content in the forced automatic operation mode after switching and the normal automatic operation mode, and the release condition may be registered and switched for each country or region.
  • the release condition It may be unnecessary to set the destination (destination) during the period until the forced automatic operation mode is canceled after the above is satisfied.
  • the forced automatic driving mode is continued to autonomously travel to the destination. In this case, it is necessary to set a destination (destination). If the location is set, it will be the set destination, and if the destination has not been set in advance, it will be set by the driver or rider in response to an inquiry when switching to automatic driving mode It is considered a destination.
  • the overtaking prohibition section of (Condition 1) is shown in FIG. 8A from the captured images of one or a plurality of cameras in front and side of the own vehicle in the camera group 107 in the image recognition unit 114. It can be detected by recognizing a road sign and recognizing a yellow line from an image of a camera that captures a road surface in the camera group 107.
  • the activation of the right turn signal in (Condition 2) can be detected from the output of the sensors included in the sensor group 108 as described above.
  • the change of course by operating the steering wheel so as to cross the yellow line means that the manual driving operation detecting unit 105 has detected the right steering wheel operation, and the own vehicle motion analysis detecting unit 118 has detected the camera of the camera group 107. This can be determined by analyzing the image and detecting that the vehicle is traveling across the yellow line.
  • the absence of a store having a parking space such as a right turn road ahead or a convenience store in the right direction can be detected from the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107.
  • (Condition 3) it is possible to detect whether the vehicle ahead is running or stopped using the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 and the radar group 106. That is, (Condition 3) can be detected by referring to the surrounding moving body grasping result of the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109.
  • the content of the travel control in the forced automatic operation mode after the switching with respect to the switching condition about the “prohibition of overtaking” is “running while maintaining the driving lane”.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is “detection of a road sign at the end of the overtaking prohibited section” or “disappearance of a yellow line as a road marking”.
  • condition element detection means used for detecting the condition element for monitoring whether or not the switching condition for overtaking prohibition is met
  • the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, the manual driving operation are used.
  • the detection unit 105, the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, the image recognition unit 114, and the own vehicle movement analysis detection unit 118 are used.
  • the cancellation condition when the forced automatic operation mode is entered by meeting the switching condition for this overtaking prohibition is the end of the overtaking prohibited section and the disappearance of the yellow line, so when switching to the forced automatic operation mode, the destination (Destination) may need to be set. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the overtaking prohibition, when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set as the destination. If the ground is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the driving control content in the forced automatic driving mode after switching with respect to the switching condition about the “no right turn” is “traveling by selecting a specified traveling direction”. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is detection of “passing right turn prohibited point”.
  • activation of the right turn signal in (Condition 5) can be detected from the output of the sensors included in the sensor group 108 as described above. Further, it is possible to determine that the course is changed by operating the steering wheel so as to turn right, by detecting the right steering operation in the manual driving operation detection unit 105.
  • the condition element detection means in this case, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for “prohibit right turn” is passing through a prohibited sign point or a prohibited sign point, it is not necessary to set a destination (destination).
  • the driving control content in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching condition for this “pedestrian crossing” is “after stopping temporarily, confirm that there is no crossing and start”. Further, the forced automatic driving mode release condition is detection of “passing a pedestrian crossing”. It should be noted that human sensors included in the sensor group 108 may be used together for detection of a person. Furthermore, even for people, elderly people, infants and schoolchildren, people with physical disabilities, people with pets, etc., especially when driving safely, it is desirable to detect and selectively respond with more advanced image recognition. May be.
  • condition element detection means the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the forced automatic operation mode cancellation condition after switching for the switching condition for the “pedestrian crossing” is passage of a pedestrian crossing, setting of a destination (destination) is unnecessary.
  • the content of the running control in the forced automatic operation mode after the switching for the switching condition for the “crossing” is “After a temporary stop, confirm safety and start”.
  • the safety confirmation in this case is detection that the circuit breaker is not down.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is detection of “passing a level crossing”.
  • condition element detection means the camera group 107 and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching with respect to the switching condition for this “crossing” is passing of the crossing, it is not necessary to set a destination (destination).
  • the traveling speed of the vehicle detected by the speed detection sensor of the sensor group 108 is a speed at which a serious danger is felt, for example, if it is a general road, it exceeds the speed limit by 30 km / h or more. If it is a road, the case where it is detected that it is 40 km / h over the speed limit is determined.
  • release conditions of forced automatic operation mode are made after predetermined time, for example, 30 minutes, including a punitive meaning.
  • This predetermined time may be lengthened depending on the degree of speed over from the switching condition. For example, assuming that the predetermined time exactly corresponding to the switching condition is 30 minutes, every time 1 km / h is exceeded, 30 minutes is added. In this case, when 5 km / h is exceeded, the release condition is after 3 hours.
  • the condition element detection means the speed sensor of the sensor group 108 is used.
  • the clock unit 120 is used to measure the elapsed time after switching to the forced automatic operation.
  • the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for the “speed limit” is after the elapse of a predetermined time such as 30 minutes. Therefore, the vehicle passes through an intersection or a branch point during the predetermined time. Since it is assumed that the destination is to be set, it may be necessary to set the destination (destination). Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “limit speed”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • the “restricted speed” is determined by the image recognition unit 114 from road images or roads related to the “restricted speed” from images captured by one or a plurality of cameras in front of or on the side of the vehicle in the camera group 107. It can be detected by recognizing the sign.
  • the switching condition shown in FIG. 7 That is, for example, as a switching condition for “signal compliance”, (Condition 10) From the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107, in the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, the traffic light indicates a red signal, but it is ignored that the vehicle has traveled without stopping for a predetermined number of times. As described above, for example, the case of detecting three times or more is determined.
  • the switching condition may be when the vehicle travels ignoring the red light even once.
  • red Signal ignorance was the switching condition.
  • the driving control contents in the forced automatic operation mode after switching according to the switching condition for this “signal compliance” include the punitive meaning for intentional signal disregarding, and the vehicle will run only in the forced automatic driving mode on the day. It was possible. Therefore, the forced automatic operation mode is released on the next day after intentionally ignoring the signal. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “signal compliance”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, it is set as the set destination. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • condition element detection means the camera group 107 and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used.
  • the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the current day (start of the next day).
  • the driving control contents in forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for this “interfering driving” include the punitive meaning for disturbing driving, and on the day it is possible to drive only in forced automatic driving mode. . Accordingly, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is the day after the disturbing operation. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “interfering operation”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, it is set as the set destination. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • condition element detection means the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used.
  • the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
  • the driving control contents in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this “dangerous driving, reckless driving” include the punitive meaning for dangerous driving and reckless driving, and on the day the forced automatic driving mode It was possible to run only on. Therefore, the forced automatic driving mode is canceled on the next day after dangerous driving or reckless driving. Therefore, when the forced automatic driving mode is set by meeting the switching conditions for the “dangerous driving and reckless driving”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts running, the set purpose is set. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • condition element detection means in this case, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, the camera group 107, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
  • the driving control details in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this "sudden accelerator, sudden braking, and sudden steering wheel” include punitive meaning for dangerous driving, and forced automatic driving on the day It was allowed to run only in the mode. Accordingly, the forced automatic operation mode is released on the next day. Accordingly, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching conditions for the “sudden accelerator, sudden brake, and sudden handle”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts running, the setting is made. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
  • condition element detection means in this case, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, the camera group 107, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
  • the driving control content in forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this "use of mobile device” includes punitive meaning for dangerous driving, and only in forced automatic driving mode during use It was possible to run. Therefore, the forced automatic operation mode is released when the use is stopped or terminated.
  • the image recognition unit 114 analyzes captured image information from a camera that captures a driver in the camera group 107, and in this example, in particular, a mobile device, in this example, a smartphone or a mobile phone terminal is used. It is detected whether or not the action taken is performed, and the detection result is supplied to the automatic operation switching condition determination unit 115.
  • the voice recognition unit 116 automatically detects an incoming call notification notified by a smartphone or a mobile phone terminal from the voice signal collected by the microphone 137, for example, a detection result of a ringtone, a ringing melody, or a detection result of a driver's call voice.
  • the operation switching condition determination unit 115 is notified.
  • the vibration sensor included in the sensor group 108 detects vibrations of vibration notified by the smartphone or the mobile phone terminal, and notifies the detection result to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
  • the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115 monitors the detection results and detection results from the image recognition unit 114, the voice recognition unit 116, and the sensor group 108 while the vehicle is traveling, and the driver can Whether you are talking on the phone, sending an email, or performing access operations over the Internet, whether you are gazing at the display screen of your mobile device, Determine whether you are gazing at the display screen or moving your finger violently on a game machine, and if you determine that you are violating those laws, switch from automatic driving mode to forced automatic driving mode To.
  • the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115 determines the cancellation condition based on the recognition result from the image recognition unit 114 and the voice recognition unit 115, whether or not the use of the mobile terminal by the driver is stopped or terminated, or From the output of the own vehicle motion detection unit 118, it is determined whether or not the own vehicle has stopped on the road shoulder or the like.
  • the contents stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 described above are such that the switching conditions, the control contents after switching, the forced automatic driving contents, the destination setting, and the release conditions are stored as corresponding processing programs. To do. For each of the switching conditions set later by the user, the contents of forced automatic operation after switching, and the cancellation conditions, the user describes the switching conditions, the cancellation conditions and the control contents in the forced automatic driving mode as described above.
  • the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 has a processing function for automatically generating a corresponding processing program and storing it in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135.
  • the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 is configured. Of the blocks shown in FIG. 1, the motor drive control unit 102, the steering drive control unit 103, and the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104. , Surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, current position detection unit 110, car navigation function unit 113, image recognition unit 114, forced automatic driving mode switching processing unit 115, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, synthesis The processing functions of the voice generation unit 121 and the voice input / output unit 122 can be realized by the control unit 101 as software processing.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining an operation example when the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 according to this embodiment is started.
  • the control unit 101 monitors whether or not the own vehicle has been activated (step S1). When it is determined that the own vehicle has been activated, the control unit 101 displays the driver and the driver through the display screen of the display unit 111 and by voice through the speaker 138. A message prompting the passenger to input the destination setting is sent (step S2). At this time, the display screen of the display unit 111 can select “No destination is set here”. This is because some users enjoy driving in the manual operation mode without setting a destination.
  • control unit 101 determines whether or not a destination setting input from the driver or rider in response to the message in step S2 has been received (step S3), and when it is determined that the destination setting input has been received.
  • the received destination is stored (step S4).
  • step S5 determines whether “do not set destination” is selected (step S5), and “does not set the destination”. "" Is not selected, the process returns to step S3, and the processes after step S3 are repeated. If it is determined in step S5 that “Destination is not set” is selected, the control unit 101 ends this processing routine as it is.
  • the stored destination becomes the default value of the destination in the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is stored. Will be treated as a preset destination.
  • FIGS. 10 to 17 are flowcharts for explaining an example of operation mode switching processing operation after the activation of the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 of this embodiment.
  • the manual operation mode is initially set. And after starting, before starting the driving
  • the operation mode immediately after startup of the automobile 1 may be selected and set by the user (driver or rider) in either the manual operation mode or the normal automatic operation mode. Of course, it can be selected and set in advance for each user. In this case, when the automobile 1 is started, the user is photographed by the camera group 107 and the user is recognized by the image recognition unit 114, so that the operation mode selected and set by the user in advance can be used. Further, the operation mode when the operation of the automobile 1 is finished and the power is turned off is stored, and when the automobile 1 is activated next time, the stored operation mode immediately before is stored. Good.
  • the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the rider has performed an operation for switching from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode (step S101). ).
  • the switching operation from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode includes the start of traveling immediately after the automobile 1 is started and the traveling in the manual operation mode. The operation includes both cases.
  • step S101 When it is determined in this step S101 that there is an operation for switching to the normal automatic driving mode, the control unit 101 activates the function of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 of the car navigation function unit 113 (step S102). If the operation mode immediately after the start is set to the normal automatic operation mode, or if the operation mode immediately before the operation mode immediately after the start is the normal automatic operation mode, without performing step S101, This step S102 is executed.
  • step S102 the control unit 101 determines whether or not the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 was operating before switching (step S103).
  • step S103 the control unit 101 changes the destination set in the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200.
  • An inquiry message as to whether or not is sent to the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and by synthesized speech through the speaker 138 (step S104).
  • step S104 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. A determination is made (step S105).
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116.
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116.
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116.
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116.
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116.
  • step S105 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the
  • step S103 determines whether there is a destination stored at the time of activation.
  • step S111 determines whether there is a destination stored at the time of activation.
  • step S111 inputs a destination setting through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by a synthesized voice through the speaker 138. Is sent to the driver or the rider (step S112).
  • control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the speech recognition part 116 from a driver
  • step S111 If it is determined in step S111 that there is a destination stored at the time of startup, the control unit 101 changes the destination through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or the synthesized voice through the speaker 138.
  • An inquiry message about whether or not is sent to the driver or the rider (step S114).
  • the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. It discriminate
  • step S115 If it is determined in step S115 that an answer to change the destination has been made, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S112 in FIG. 11 to prompt the user to input a destination setting, and then step S113. Then, the destination setting input after the change is accepted, and then the process proceeds to step S106 in FIG. 10 and the route search for the automatic operation mode is executed by the function of the route search unit 302. Further, when it is determined in step S105 in FIG. 10 that an answer to change the destination has been made, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S112 in FIG. 11 and performs the processing after step S112 described above. .
  • control unit 101 After step S106 in FIG. 10, the control unit 101 generates control information for automatic driving based on the route search result in step S106, and starts execution of navigation for automatic driving in the normal automatic driving mode ( Step S107).
  • the display unit 111 displays whether the control unit 101 displays a map for automatic driving navigation, requests voice guidance, or registers a point for requesting provision of surrounding information to the driver or passenger.
  • the driver or the passenger is inquired through the display image of the display screen or by the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S108).
  • the control part 101 receives the setting input with respect to the inquiry of step S108 (step S109).
  • control unit 101 switches the level of switching from the normal automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode for the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. Prompts the user to enter the selection setting (step S121 in FIG. 12). And the control part 101 receives the selection setting of the switching level from normal automatic operation mode to manual operation mode (step S122), and performs the navigation for automatic driving
  • control unit 101 determines whether or not a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode selected and set in step S122 is performed (step S123). When it is determined that the switching operation is not performed, It is determined whether or not the vehicle has arrived at the destination based on whether or not the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110 is the destination (step S124). When it is determined in step S124 that the vehicle has not arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 continues navigation for automatic driving (step S125), and then returns the process to step S123. repeat.
  • step S124 determines whether or not the vehicle has arrived at the destination.
  • step S126 determines whether or not the operation is stopped by turning off the power.
  • step S130 The navigation for automatic driving is terminated (step S130), and this processing routine is terminated.
  • step S126 When it is determined in step S126 that the operation is not stopped, the control unit 101 notifies the driver or the rider through the display image of the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. On the other hand, a message for prompting input of a new destination setting is sent (step S127). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination setting input has been accepted by the prompt at step S127 (step S128). When it is determined that the destination has been accepted, the process proceeds to step S112 in FIG. The process after step S112 is executed.
  • step S128 determines whether or not a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed. If it is determined that the process has not been performed, the process returns to step S126, and the processes after step S126 are repeated.
  • step S123 When it is determined in step S123 that a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed, or when it is determined in step S129 that a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed,
  • the control unit 101 executes switching to the manual operation mode (step S131 in FIG. 13). At this time, the driver or the rider may be notified of the switching to the manual operation mode through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or a synthesized voice through the speaker 138.
  • control unit 101 inquires of the driver or the rider whether or not to start the manual driving navigation through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. (Step S132). And the control part 101 discriminate
  • step S133 when it is determined in step S133 that an answer to start navigation for manual driving has been received, the control unit 101 performs automatic driving through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by synthesized speech through the speaker 138.
  • An inquiry message is sent to the driver or the passenger as to whether or not to change the destination set during execution of the navigation (step S134).
  • the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the rider has answered that the destination is changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. (Step S135). When it is determined in step S135 that the answer indicating that the destination is not changed is made, the control unit 101 determines the destination by the function of the route search unit 202 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200. In this case, the route search for the manual operation mode is performed and the function of the manual operation navigation function unit 200 is executed (step S136).
  • control unit 101 uses the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 to determine the destination.
  • a message for prompting the setting input is sent to the driver or the rider (step S137).
  • control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition part 116 from a driver or a rider (step S138). Thereafter, the control unit 101 uses the function of the route search unit 302 to perform a route search for the automatic driving mode by using the received destination as a new destination, and based on the search result, the control information generation unit 303 for the automatic driving is executed. By the function, the control information for automatic driving is generated, and the navigation for automatic driving is executed (step S139).
  • the setting accepting unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 accepts setting inputs other than the destination as described above. Items are accepted.
  • step S136 or step S139 the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination has arrived based on whether or not the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110 is the destination (step in FIG. 14). S141).
  • step S141 When it is determined in step S141 that the vehicle has arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 ends the navigation for manual operation (step S142), and then determines whether or not the operation is stopped by turning off the power. (Step S143) When it is determined that the operation has been stopped, this processing routine is terminated. When it is determined in step S143 that the operation is not stopped, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S101 in FIG. 10 and repeats the processes after step S101.
  • step S141 If it is determined in step S141 that the vehicle has not arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 continues the manual driving navigation (step S144). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the switching operation from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode has been performed by the driver or the rider (step S145). It returns to step S102 and repeats the process after step S102 mentioned above.
  • step S145 When it is determined in step S145 that the switching operation from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode has not been performed, the control unit 101 matches the switching condition stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135. Whether or not is detected is determined (step S146).
  • step S146 If it is determined in step S146 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has been detected, the control unit 101 proceeds to step S152 in FIG. Accordingly, the mode is switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode. If it is determined in step S146 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has not been detected, the process returns to S141.
  • step S101 in FIG. 10 When it is determined in step S101 in FIG. 10 that there is no switching operation to the normal automatic driving mode, the control unit 101 detects a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135. (Step S151 in FIG. 15). When it is determined in step S151 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 is detected, the control unit 101 advances the process to step S152 and sets the matching switching condition. Accordingly, the mode is switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode.
  • step S151 If it is determined in step S151 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has not been detected, a request for using the manual driving navigation in the manual driving mode is issued to the driver or the rider. It is determined whether or not it has been received from the person (step S161 in FIG. 16).
  • step S161 When it is determined in step S161 that the use request for the manual driving navigation in the manual driving mode is not received from the driver or the rider, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S101 in FIG. The subsequent processing is repeated.
  • step S161 When it is determined in step S161 that the manual driving navigation use request in the manual driving mode is received from the driver or the rider, the control unit 101 uses the function of the setting receiving unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200. A setting input of necessary input items is accepted (step S162). At this time, if there is a destination stored when the automobile 1 is started, the stored destination is set as a default value in the navigation function unit 200 for manual operation. The driver or the rider may leave the destination as the stored destination or change it.
  • step S162 the control unit 101 performs a route search by the function of the route search unit 202 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and executes the manual driving navigation according to the route search result. (Step S163). Then, after step S163, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S141 in FIG. 14, and executes the processing after step S141.
  • step S152 in FIG. 15 the control unit 101 refers to the stored content of the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, and in the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition, It is determined whether the destination setting is unnecessary (step S153).
  • step S153 When it is determined in step S153 that the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition is not a switching condition that does not require setting of the destination but a switching condition that requires setting of the destination.
  • the control unit 101 refers to the stored contents of the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 to determine whether or not the destination is determined in accordance with the matched switching condition (step S154).
  • step S154 When it is determined in step S154 that the destination corresponding to the matched switching condition is not determined, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination stored when the automobile 1 is activated exists (see FIG. 17 step S171).
  • step S171 When it is determined in step S171 that the destination stored at the time of starting the automobile 1 exists, the control unit 101 uses the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 to The driver or the passenger is inquired whether to change the ground (step S172).
  • control unit 101 determines whether or not to change the destination by the driver or the rider in response to this inquiry (step S173). If it is determined in step S173 that an answer indicating that the destination is not to be changed is received, the control unit 101 sets the destination as the destination stored at the time of activation by the function of the route search unit 302 for the automatic operation mode. A route search is executed (step S174).
  • step S171 when it is determined in step S171 that the destination stored at the time of starting the automobile 1 does not exist, or when it is determined in step S173 that an answer to change the destination is received, the control unit 101 A message that prompts the driver to input the destination setting is sent to the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S175).
  • control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition part 116 from a driver or a rider (step S176). Thereafter, the control unit 101 uses the function of the route search unit 302 to perform route search for the automatic operation mode with the received destination as a new destination (step S177).
  • control part 101 produces
  • step S154 the control unit 101 determines that the information on the determined destination is not the destination itself but the hospital. It is determined whether or not the destination attribute is such as (step S155).
  • step S155 when the information on the determined destination is the destination attribute, the control unit 101 accesses the Internet through the mobile phone function unit 119 and performs a peripheral search using the destination attribute ( In step S156, the destination is determined from the vicinity search result (step S157). The determination of the destination in step S157 may be performed upon selection by the driver or the rider, or may be performed only by the automobile 1 itself.
  • step S157 the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S177 in FIG. 17, and executes the processing after step S177. Also, in step S155, when the information on the determined destination is not the destination attribute but the destination itself, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S177 in FIG. The process after S177 is executed.
  • step S178 the control unit 101 registers a point for requesting the driver or the passenger to display a map in the navigation for automatic driving, request voice guidance, or provide surrounding information.
  • the driver or the passenger is inquired through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S181 in FIG. 18). And the control part 101 receives the setting input with respect to the inquiry of step S181 (step S182).
  • step S182 the control unit 101 refers to the contents stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 and has reached a state that matches the release condition set corresponding to the matched switching condition. It is determined whether or not (step S183) and the release condition is met.
  • step S183 When it is determined in step S183 that the release condition is met, the control unit 101 informs the driver or the rider that the normal automatic driving mode or the forced automatic driving mode that has been forcibly switched has ended. Is notified through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and by synthesized speech through the speaker 138 (step S184).
  • control unit 101 sets the own vehicle to the manual operation mode for the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138.
  • An inquiry is made as to whether to set the automatic operation mode (step S185), and it is determined which operation mode is selected for the inquiry (step S186).
  • step S186 the control part 101 transfers a process to step S131 of FIG. 13, and performs the process after this step S131.
  • step S186 the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S102 in FIG. 10 and executes the processes after step S102.
  • step S153 in FIG. 15 When it is determined in step S153 in FIG. 15 that the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition is a switching condition that does not require setting of the destination, the control unit 101 performs processing. The process proceeds to step S183 in FIG. 18, and the processes after step S183 are repeated.
  • the manual operation mode is forcibly switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode, and the automatic operation navigation function is activated.
  • the vehicle is driven toward a preset destination or a destination set by the driver or rider, so that the safety and convenience of the driver or rider are improved and the traffic regulations are complied with. Since it is possible to do so, the safety
  • the automobile 1 according to the above-described embodiment can autonomously run even if there is no driver. For this reason, when a rider (passenger) is riding in the automobile 1 in addition to the driver, the driver drives the automobile 1 in the manual operation mode and then travels at a predetermined point A. Even after getting off, a passenger (passenger) other than the driver can move to another point B without getting off.
  • the automobile 1 when the driver is driving, since it was in the manual driving mode, the automobile 1 is from the manual driving mode to the normal automatic driving mode from the point A where the driver got off to the point B. It will be switched to to autonomously run. Then, in consideration of such a situation, the automobile 1 performs a processing operation so that it can autonomously travel in the automatic driving mode from the point A to the point B where the driver got off.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart for explaining an example of a processing operation performed by the automobile 1 in addition to the processing operation as in the above-described embodiment when the above situation is taken into consideration.
  • the hardware configuration of the automobile 1 may be the same as that shown in FIG.
  • control unit 101 determines whether or not the own vehicle is in the manual operation mode (step S201). When it is determined in step S201 that the manual operation mode is not set, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the manual operation mode has been switched (step S202) and determines that the manual operation mode has not been switched. Sometimes, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
  • step S201 When it is determined in step S201 that the vehicle is in the manual operation mode, or when it is determined in step S202 that the vehicle has been switched to the manual operation mode, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the own vehicle has stopped (step S203). When it is determined that the vehicle is not stopped, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
  • step S203 determines whether or not the driver has got off while maintaining the driving state of the own vehicle (step S204). If it is determined that it is not, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
  • step S203 When it is determined in step S203 that the driver has left the vehicle while maintaining the driving state of the vehicle, it is determined whether or not there is another passenger (passenger) in the vehicle (step S205). When it is determined in step S205 that there is no other passenger, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has re-ridden (step S206), and determines that the driver has not re-ridden. Sometimes step S206 is repeated to wait for the driver to get on again.
  • step S206 When it is determined in step S206 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S201 and repeats the processes after step S201.
  • step S205 When it is determined in step S205 that there is another passenger, the control unit 101 executes a driver getting-off post-processing described below (step S207).
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart for explaining a first example of the process after getting off the driver in step S207.
  • This first example is based on the premise that a passenger other than the driver understands the subsequent action of the driver who got off the vehicle. For example, when the driver gets off, he tells other passengers to “get back right away” or “wait for about 5 minutes” to get on again, “I get off here. Goodbye” or “I will not return.” It is assumed that the passenger will not re-ride.
  • the control unit 101 sends an inquiry message about the behavior of the driver after getting off to other passengers through the display screen of the display unit 111 or Then, it is transmitted by voice through the speaker 138 (step S211). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not an instruction (an instruction through the touch panel or an instruction recognized by the voice recognition unit 116) from another passenger for the inquiry message has been received (step S212). When it is determined that it has not been received, the processing in step S212 is repeated to wait for receiving an instruction.
  • step S212 determines whether or not the instruction is an instruction to wait for the driver to re-board (step S213).
  • the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has re-boarded (step S214). When it is determined that the vehicle has not been boarded, this step S214 is repeated to wait for the driver to board again.
  • step S214 When it is determined in step S214 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S101 in FIG. 10 described above, and executes the processing after step S101 described above.
  • step S213 when it is determined in step S213 that the received instruction is not an instruction to wait for the driver to re-board, the control unit 101 determines whether or not it is a travel start instruction (step S215). When it is determined in step S215 that the received instruction is not a driving start instruction, the control unit 101 determines whether the received instruction is a driving stop instruction (step S216). Is returned to step S215, and when it is determined that the instruction is to stop driving, the driving of the host vehicle is stopped (step S217), and this processing routine is ended.
  • step S215 When it is determined in step S215 that the instruction is a start start instruction, the control unit 101 switches from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode to start autonomous traveling (step S218), and then the above-described FIG. The process proceeds to step S102, and the processes after step S102 are executed.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart for explaining a second example of the process after getting off the driver in step S207.
  • This second example is based on the premise that the driver inputs an instruction to the automobile 1 through, for example, the touch panel 112 or inputs a voice through the microphone 137 before getting off the vehicle.
  • the car 1 has three instructions on the display screen of the display unit 111, which are “re-ride”, “start running after getting off”, and “driving stop” as behaviors scheduled by the driver to get off.
  • the item is displayed and the driver selects and inputs from the indicated items.
  • the motor vehicle 1 performs the driver
  • destination setting input can also be performed. However, there is no need to input the destination setting.
  • the control unit 101 analyzes and determines what the instruction selected by the driver before getting off the vehicle is (step S221). And the control part 101 discriminate
  • step S223 When it is determined in step S223 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S101 in FIG. 10 described above, and executes the processes after step S101 described above.
  • step S222 When it is determined in step S222 that the determined instruction is not a “re-ride” instruction from the driver, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the determined instruction is a “start running after getting off” instruction (step S222). S224). When it is determined in step S224 that the instruction is not “start running after getting off”, the control unit 101 confirms that the determined instruction is “stop driving” and stops driving the vehicle (step S225). ). Then, this processing routine ends.
  • step S224 When it is determined in step S224 that the determined instruction is the “start running after getting off” instruction, the control unit 101 switches from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode to start autonomous driving (step S224). Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the destination is set (step S227). When it is determined in this step S227 that the destination is set, the control unit 101 rewrites the stored destination at the time of activation to the set destination (step S228).
  • step S227 When it is determined in step S227 that the destination is not set, and after step S228, the control unit 101 proceeds to step S102 in FIG. Execute the process.
  • the vehicle 1 changes from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode.
  • the automatic driving navigation is activated, and autonomous driving can be performed without any trouble toward the destination set and input by the driver who gets off the vehicle or a passenger other than the driver.
  • the driver or the passenger is inquired whether or not to change the destination of the storage unit, and when it is answered that the destination is not changed.
  • the destination of the storage unit is used for the route search of the navigation for automatic driving.
  • the destination of the storage unit is not inquired about whether to change the destination.
  • the route of the navigation for automatic driving may be searched using the destination, and the inquiry to the driver or the passenger about the destination at the time of switching to the automatic driving mode may be omitted.
  • the setting, storage, and change of the destination are mainly described.
  • the waypoint to the destination can be similarly set, stored, and changed.
  • the driver or the rider is selected according to the destination through the display screen of the display unit 111 or by sound through the speaker 138.
  • a message prompting for setting or selection of a waypoint is sent.
  • the display screen of the display unit 111 can select “No waypoint is set here”. This is because there is a user who goes to the destination in the manual operation mode without determining the waypoint.
  • the various databases and the various storage units are configured to be mounted on the own vehicle.
  • the present invention is not limited to this and may be on the cloud.
  • the camera group 107 is not limited to being mounted on its own vehicle, and a vehicle obtains images from surveillance cameras installed on traffic lights, street lights, etc. via communication, or obtains images from cameras of other vehicles via inter-vehicle communication. Or you may.
  • the radar group 106 and the sensor group 108 are not limited to being mounted on the own vehicle, and it is possible to obtain radar information and various sensor information by communication from an external system such as an ITS spot or from another vehicle.
  • the automobile of the above-described embodiment is an electric car
  • the present invention can be applied to a gasoline car, a hybrid car, a fuel cell car, and other driving cars.
  • the present invention is not limited to ordinary cars and light cars, but also trucks, buses, taxis, police cars, ambulances, fire trucks, training cars, tractors, dump trucks, excavators, forklifts, single cars, motorcycles, automatic Even a tricycle is applicable.
  • the present invention can also be applied to amphibious vehicles and amphibious vehicles (flying vehicles).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Navigation (AREA)
  • Traffic Control Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A vehicle having both a manual driving mode in which the vehicle travels on the basis of a driver's driving operation, and an automated driving mode in which the vehicle travels autonomously, wherein the vehicle can more reliably reach a destination desired by the driver or passenger even if the vehicle is switched from the manual driving mode to the automated driving mode. This vehicle is provided with a navigation means for the automated driving mode, said navigation means assisting in autonomously traveling to a destination. When the vehicle has been switched from the manual driving mode to the automated driving mode, the vehicle activates the navigation means for the automated driving mode and determines whether or not a destination has been set, wherein if it is determined that no destination has been set, the vehicle prompts the driver or passenger to enter an input to set a destination, and in response receives an input to set a destination. The navigation means for the automated driving mode generates information for assisting in autonomously traveling to a destination received by a destination reception means, thus performing assistance in autonomous traveling.

Description

自動車及び自動車用プログラムAutomotive and automotive programs
 この発明は、自動車及び自動車用プログラムに関する。 The present invention relates to an automobile and an automobile program.
 近年、運転者が手動運転操作をしなくても自律走行することができる自動運転モードを備える自動車の開発が進んでいる。将来的には、運転者による手動運転操作を全く必要としない完全自動運転車も登場することが期待されているが、当面は、運転者による手動運転モードと、運転者による手動運転操作を必要とせずに自律走行を自動車自身が行う自動運転モードとが自動車には搭載され、両モードが切り替えられて利用されるものと考えられる。 In recent years, development of automobiles equipped with an automatic driving mode in which a driver can autonomously travel without performing a manual driving operation has been progressing. In the future, it is expected that fully automatic driving vehicles that do not require any manual driving by the driver will appear, but for the time being, manual driving mode by the driver and manual driving by the driver are required. Instead, it is considered that an automatic driving mode in which the vehicle itself performs autonomous driving is mounted on the vehicle, and both modes are switched and used.
 この場合に、手動運転モードから自動運転モードへの切り替えは、運転者が所定の操作を行うことでなされるだけでなく、例えば特許文献1(特開2015-118438号公報)や特許文献2(特開2015-133050号公報)に記載されているように、所定の切替条件を自動車が備えるコンピュータが監視して、切替条件に合致したことを検知したときには、強制的に実行されるようにすることも提案されている。 In this case, the switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode is not only performed by the driver performing a predetermined operation, but for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-118438) and Patent Document 2 ( As described in JP-A-2015-133050), a computer provided in the vehicle monitors a predetermined switching condition, and when it is detected that the switching condition is met, it is forcibly executed. It has also been proposed.
特開2015-118438号公報JP2015-118438A 特開2015-133050号公報JP 2015-1333050 A
 ところで、例えば高速道路の入口から、高速道路の出口の手前までを自動運転モードに切り替える場合のように、自動車が走行しようとする経路に分岐が存在しない場合には、目的地の設定をしなくても、何等の支障無く、自動運転モードで自律走行をすることが可能である。 By the way, if there is no branch on the route that the car is going to drive, such as when switching to the automatic driving mode from the entrance of the expressway to the front of the exit of the expressway, the destination is not set. However, it is possible to autonomously travel in the automatic driving mode without any trouble.
 ところが、上記のような状況はまれであって、運転者や乗車者が所望する目的地までの経路には分岐が存在するのが通常である。そのため、運転者や乗車者による右左折指示などを音声認識して検知したり、操作手段を通じた右左折指示操作を検知したりする機能を自動車に搭載しておき、自動運転モードにおいては、これらの音声指示や指示操作に応じた制御を行うことが考えられる。 However, the situation as described above is rare, and there is usually a branch on the route to the destination desired by the driver or the rider. For this reason, the vehicle is equipped with functions that recognize and detect right and left turn instructions by the driver and passengers, and detect right and left turn instructions through the operating means. It is conceivable to perform control according to voice instructions and instruction operations.
 しかしながら、運転者や乗車者が上記のような音声指示や指示操作をすることは厄介であり、指示をし忘れることもある。また、運転者や乗車者が眠ってしまったり、身体の変調等を来したために、上記のような音声指示や指示操作をすることができない状況となることもある。このような場合には、運転者や乗車者が所望する目的地まで、自動運転モードで辿り着くようにすることが困難になってしまう。 However, it is troublesome for the driver and the passenger to perform the voice instruction and instruction operation as described above, and the instruction may be forgotten. In addition, since the driver or the passenger has fallen asleep or the body has been modulated, the voice instruction or the instruction operation as described above may not be performed. In such a case, it becomes difficult to reach the destination desired by the driver or the passenger in the automatic driving mode.
 この発明は、上記の問題点に鑑み、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられた場合に、より確実に運転者や乗車者が所望する目的地まで辿り着けるようにした自動車を提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above problems, the present invention provides a vehicle that can more reliably reach a destination desired by a driver or a rider when the mode is switched from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode. Objective.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項1の発明は、
 運転者による運転操作に基づいた走行を行う手動運転モードと、自律走行を行う自動運転モードとを備える自動車において、
 前記自動運転モードにおいて、目的地までの前記自律走行を支援するための自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段と、
 前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を起動する起動手段と、
 前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、目的地の設定がなされているか否かを判別する目的地設定有無判別手段と、
 前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていないと判別したときには、前記運転者又は乗車者に目的地の設定入力を促す目的地促し手段と、
 前記目的地促し手段による前記促しに対応して前記運転者又は前記乗車者による目的地の設定入力を受け付ける目的地受付手段と、
 を備え、
 前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記目的地受付手段で受け付けた目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行する
 ことを特徴とする自動車を提供する。
In order to solve the above problems, the invention of claim 1
In an automobile equipped with a manual operation mode for traveling based on a driving operation by a driver and an automatic operation mode for performing autonomous traveling,
In the automatic driving mode, navigation means for automatic driving mode for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination,
An activation means for activating navigation means for the automatic operation mode when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
Destination setting presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not a destination is set when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
When the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination has not been set, destination prompting means for prompting the driver or rider to input a destination setting; and
Destination accepting means for accepting a destination setting input by the driver or the rider in response to the prompt by the destination prompting means;
With
The navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination received by the destination receiving means, and executes the autonomous driving support. provide.
 上述の構成の発明においては、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、起動手段により自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段が起動されると共に、目的地設定有無判別手段により目的地の設定がなされているか否かが判別される。そして、目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていないと判別したときには、目的地促し手段により、運転者又は乗車者に目的地の設定入力が促され、目的地受付手段により、運転者又は乗車者による目的地の設定入力が受け付けられる。そして、自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、目的地受付手段で受け付けた目的地まで、自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、自律走行の支援を実行する。 In the above-described configuration, when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode, the navigation means for the automatic operation mode is activated by the activation means, and the destination is set by the destination setting presence / absence determining means. It is determined whether or not. Then, when the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination is not set, the destination prompting means prompts the driver or rider to input the destination setting, and the destination receiving means A destination setting input by a driver or a passenger is accepted. Then, the navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting autonomous traveling to the destination received by the destination receiving means, and executes autonomous traveling support.
 この発明による自動車によれば、手動運転モードから切り替えられた自動運転モードにおいては、自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段により、運転者又は乗車者による指示を受けなくても、切り替え時に設定された目的地まで、自律走行することができる。 According to the vehicle of the present invention, in the automatic operation mode switched from the manual operation mode, the destination set at the time of switching can be obtained without receiving an instruction from the driver or the rider by the navigation means for the automatic operation mode. Until it can run autonomously.
この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の要部の構成例を説明するための機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram for demonstrating the structural example of the principal part of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部に含まれる記憶部に記憶されている切替条件の例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the example of the switching conditions memorize | stored in the memory | storage part contained in the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の他の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which other embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の他の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which other embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided. この発明による自動車の他の実施形態が備える電子制御回路部の処理動作の例を説明するためのフローチャートの一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of flowchart for demonstrating the example of the processing operation of the electronic control circuit part with which other embodiment of the motor vehicle by this invention is provided.
 図1は、この発明の実施形態の自動車1の電子制御回路部10のハードウエア構成例を示すブロック図である。なお、この実施形態の自動車1は、電気自動車の場合の例である。ただし、バッテリーは、図1では図示を省略した。 FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a hardware configuration example of an electronic control circuit unit 10 of an automobile 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In addition, the vehicle 1 of this embodiment is an example in the case of an electric vehicle. However, the battery is not shown in FIG.
 また、この実施形態の自動車1は、自動運転モードと、手動運転モードとを備えている。手動運転モードは、通常の自動車と同様に、運転者のアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作及びステアリング操作(ハンドル操作)に応じた走行ができるモードである。また、自動運転モードは、運転者がアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作及びステアリング操作をしなくても、自動車1自身が自律的(自動的)に障害物を回避しながら進路変更をしたりする自律走行をするモードである。 Further, the automobile 1 of this embodiment has an automatic operation mode and a manual operation mode. The manual operation mode is a mode in which the vehicle can travel according to the accelerator pedal operation, the brake pedal operation, the shift lever operation, and the steering operation (steering wheel operation) of the driver as in the case of a normal automobile. In the automatic driving mode, even if the driver does not operate the accelerator pedal, the brake pedal, the shift lever, and the steering operation, the vehicle 1 itself changes course while avoiding obstacles autonomously (automatically). This is a mode for autonomous driving.
 通常時は、自動車1の運転者は、例えば後述するタッチパネル112を通じた所定の操作により、手動運転モードで走行中の自動車1を自動運転モードに切り替えることができると共に、自動運転モードで走行中に、運転者がアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作又はステアリング操作をすると、自動的に手動運転モードに戻るように構成されている。ただし、この実施形態の自動車1は、後述するように、強制的に手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、後述する所定の解除条件を満たした後でないと、上記の手動運転モードに戻る操作をしても、その操作は無効とされて、自動運転モードでの走行を維持するように制御される。 During normal times, the driver of the car 1 can switch the car 1 running in the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode by, for example, a predetermined operation through the touch panel 112 to be described later, and while driving in the automatic driving mode. When the driver performs an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation or a steering operation, it is configured to automatically return to the manual operation mode. However, as will be described later, when the vehicle 1 of this embodiment is forcibly switched from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode, the vehicle 1 is in the above-described manual operation mode unless a predetermined release condition described later is satisfied. Even if the operation for returning is performed, the operation is invalidated, and the vehicle is controlled so as to maintain the traveling in the automatic operation mode.
 利用者がタッチパネル112等を通じて選択設定する通常自動運転モードと区別するために、この強制的に切り替えられた後の、手動運転モードに戻る操作をしてもその操作が無効とされる自動運転モードを、この明細書では、特に、強制自動運転モードと称し、また、強制自動運転モードではない自動運転モードを通常自動運転モードと称することとする。 In order to distinguish from the normal automatic operation mode selected and set by the user through the touch panel 112 or the like, the automatic operation mode in which the operation is invalidated even if the operation is returned to the manual operation mode after the forced switching. In this specification, the automatic operation mode is particularly referred to as a forced automatic operation mode, and the automatic operation mode that is not the forced automatic operation mode is referred to as a normal automatic operation mode.
 図1に示すように、電子制御回路部10は、コンピュータを搭載して構成されている制御部101に対して、システムバス100を通じて、モータ駆動制御部102、ステアリング駆動制御部103、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104、手動運転操作検知部105、レーダー群106、カメラ群107、センサ群108、周囲移動体把握部109、現在位置検出部110、表示部111、タッチパネル112、カーナビゲーション(以下、カーナビと略称する)機能部113、画像認識部114、自動運転切替条件判別部115、音声認識部116、車内状況判定部117、自車動き解析検知部118、携帯電話機能部119、時計部120、合成音声発生部121、音声入出力部122、のそれぞれが接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the electronic control circuit unit 10 has a motor drive control unit 102, a steering drive control unit 103, a manual / automatic operation through a system bus 100, with respect to a control unit 101 configured with a computer. Driving mode switching control unit 104, manual driving operation detection unit 105, radar group 106, camera group 107, sensor group 108, surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, current position detection unit 110, display unit 111, touch panel 112, car navigation (hereinafter referred to as “car navigation”) Function unit 113, image recognition unit 114, automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115, voice recognition unit 116, in-vehicle situation determination unit 117, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, mobile phone function unit 119, clock unit 120, the synthesized voice generating unit 121, and the voice input / output unit 122 are connected to each other.
 モータ駆動制御部102には、モータ駆動部131が接続されている。ステアリング駆動制御部103には、ステアリング駆動部132が接続されている。また、カーナビ機能部113には、カーナビ用データベース133が接続されている。また、画像認識部114には、画像認識をするための比較画像の画像情報を記憶する画像情報記憶部134が接続されている。また、自動運転切替条件判別部115には、自動運転切替条件記憶部135が接続されている。さらに、音声認識部116には、音声認識をするための比較音声の音声情報を記憶する音声情報記憶部136が接続されている。そして、音声入出力部122には、マイクロホン137とスピーカ138が接続されている。 A motor drive unit 131 is connected to the motor drive control unit 102. A steering drive unit 132 is connected to the steering drive control unit 103. A car navigation database 133 is connected to the car navigation function unit 113. The image recognition unit 114 is connected to an image information storage unit 134 that stores image information of a comparison image for image recognition. In addition, an automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 is connected to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115. Furthermore, the voice recognition unit 116 is connected to a voice information storage unit 136 that stores voice information of comparison voices for voice recognition. A microphone 137 and a speaker 138 are connected to the voice input / output unit 122.
 モータ駆動制御部102は、制御部101の制御の下に、この実施形態の電気自動車で構成される自動車1のモータ駆動部131への駆動信号の供給を制御して、自動車1の走行開始、走行速度制御(ブレーキ制御及びアクセル制御を含む)、走行停止などを制御するようにする。 Under the control of the control unit 101, the motor drive control unit 102 controls the supply of a drive signal to the motor drive unit 131 of the automobile 1 configured by the electric vehicle of this embodiment, Travel speed control (including brake control and accelerator control), travel stop, etc. are controlled.
 ステアリング駆動制御部103は、制御部101の制御の下に、この実施形態の自動車1のステアリング駆動部132への駆動制御信号の供給を制御して、自動車1の進路変更の制御をするようにする。 The steering drive control unit 103 controls supply of a drive control signal to the steering drive unit 132 of the vehicle 1 of this embodiment under the control of the control unit 101 to control the course change of the vehicle 1. To do.
 手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、タッチパネル112を通じた選択操作入力に応じて、自動車1の運転モードを、手動運転モードと、自動運転モードとのいずれかに切り替える制御を行うと共に、後述するように、自動運転切替条件判別部115の判別結果に応じて、自動車1の運転モードを、手動運転モードと、自動運転モードと、強制自動運転モードとのいずれかに切り替える制御を行う。 The manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 performs control for switching the operation mode of the automobile 1 to either the manual operation mode or the automatic operation mode in accordance with a selection operation input through the touch panel 112 and will be described later. As described above, in accordance with the determination result of the automatic driving switching condition determining unit 115, control is performed to switch the driving mode of the automobile 1 to any one of the manual driving mode, the automatic driving mode, and the forced automatic driving mode.
 手動運転操作検知部105は、運転者によるアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作さらにはステアリング操作の操作情報を受けて、その手動運転操作情報を手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104に供給する。 The manual driving operation detection unit 105 receives operation information of an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation, and a steering operation by a driver, and supplies the manual driving operation information to the manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104. To do.
 手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、自動車1が手動運転モードのときには、この手動運転操作検知部105からの手動運転操作情報を、モータ駆動制御部102、ステアリング駆動制御部103に供給して、モータ駆動部131、ステアリング駆動部132を、運転者のペダル操作やシフトレバー操作、ステアリング操作(ハンドル操作)に応じて制御する。 The manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104 supplies the manual driving operation information from the manual driving operation detecting unit 105 to the motor driving control unit 102 and the steering driving control unit 103 when the automobile 1 is in the manual driving mode. The motor drive unit 131 and the steering drive unit 132 are controlled according to the driver's pedal operation, shift lever operation, and steering operation (handle operation).
 また、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、自動車1が自動運転モード(強制自動運転モードを含む)のときには、後述するようにして、レーダー群106、カメラ群107、センサ群108、周囲移動体把握部109の出力に基づいて制御部101で生成される自動運転操作情報を、モータ駆動制御部102、ステアリング駆動制御部103に供給して、モータ駆動部131、ステアリング駆動部132を、自動運転操作情報により駆動制御する。 Further, the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104, when the automobile 1 is in the automatic operation mode (including the forced automatic operation mode), moves the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the surrounding movement as described later. The automatic driving operation information generated by the control unit 101 based on the output of the body grasping unit 109 is supplied to the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive control unit 103 so that the motor drive unit 131 and the steering drive unit 132 are automatically Drive control is performed based on driving operation information.
 そして、この実施形態では、前述もしたように、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、自動運転切替条件判別部115での切替条件の合致判別結果を受けて、運転者や乗車者の意思に反して、すなわち、運転者や乗車者による運転モードの選択設定に反して、手動運転モードから、強制的に自動運転モードに自動的に切り替える制御も行う。 In this embodiment, as described above, the manual / automatic driving mode switching control unit 104 receives the switching condition match determination result in the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115, and the driver's or passenger's intention On the contrary, in other words, contrary to the selection setting of the driving mode by the driver or the rider, the control for automatically switching from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode is also performed.
 強制自動運転モードではない通常自動運転モードにおいては、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、自動運転モードでの走行中に、運転者がアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作又はステアリング操作(ハンドル操作)をすると、その手動運転操作の検知情報に基づいて、自動車1の運転モードを自動的に手動運転モードに戻すようにモード切替制御を行う。 In the normal automatic operation mode that is not the forced automatic operation mode, the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 is operated by the driver while operating in the automatic operation mode, such as an accelerator pedal operation, a brake pedal operation, a shift lever operation, or a steering operation. When (handle operation) is performed, mode switching control is performed so that the driving mode of the automobile 1 is automatically returned to the manual driving mode based on the detection information of the manual driving operation.
 しかし、自動車1の運転モードが強制自動運転モードであるときには、後述する解除条件を満足した場合を除き、原則的に、運転者がアクセルペダル操作やブレーキペダル操作、シフトレバー操作又はステアリング操作をしても、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104は、その手動運転操作情報を無効として、強制自動運転モードを維持するようにする。 However, when the driving mode of the automobile 1 is the forced automatic driving mode, in principle, the driver performs the accelerator pedal operation, the brake pedal operation, the shift lever operation, or the steering operation except when a release condition described later is satisfied. Even so, the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104 invalidates the manual operation information and maintains the forced automatic operation mode.
 レーダー群106は、自動車1の車両の周囲に存在する人や物との距離を測るためのもので、レーザー・レーダー(正式にはLIDAR(Light Detection and Ranging又はLaser Imaging Detection and Ranging;ライダー))やミリ波レーダーなどからなる。レーザー・レーダーは、例えば天井やバンパー付近に埋め込まれ、ミリ波レーダーは、例えば車両の前部及び後部に設けられている。レーザー・レーダーとミリ波レーダーの両方を備えてもよいし、一方のみであってもよい。また、サブミリ波レーダーやマイクロ波レーダーなど、その他のレーダーを用いてもよい。さらに、レーダーと同様の目的で音波や超音波によるソナー(図示せず)を用いることができる。 The radar group 106 is for measuring the distance to the person or object existing around the vehicle of the automobile 1 and is a laser radar (formally LIDAR (Light Detection and Ranging or Laser Imaging Detection and Ranging)). And millimeter wave radar. The laser radar is embedded, for example, near the ceiling or the bumper, and the millimeter wave radar is provided, for example, at the front and rear of the vehicle. Both laser radar and millimeter wave radar may be provided, or only one of them may be provided. Further, other radars such as a submillimeter wave radar and a microwave radar may be used. Furthermore, a sonar (not shown) using sound waves or ultrasonic waves can be used for the same purpose as the radar.
 カメラ群107は、自動車1の車内を撮影する1~複数個のカメラと、自動車1の前方、側方、後方など、車外の周囲を撮影する1~複数個のカメラとを含む。車内を撮影するカメラは、例えば運転席と助手席の間に設置されたバックミラー(後写鏡、ルームミラー)やフロントウインドウの上部などに取り付けられ、運転席に座った人物(運転者)の所作を撮影するカメラの他、助手席や、後部座席に座った乗車者の所作を撮影するためのカメラを含む。また、自動車1の周囲を撮影するカメラは、例えばバックミラーの左側方及び右側方に取り付けられ、自動車1の左前方及び右前方を主として撮影する2台のカメラ(ステレオカメラ)や、自動車1の例えばドアミラー又はフェンダーミラーに取り付けられて左右の側方を撮影するカメラ、自動車1の後方を撮影するカメラ、さらにルーフに取り付けられ広角で周囲を撮影する全方位カメラ(360度カメラ)や魚眼カメラ、などを含む。 The camera group 107 includes one to a plurality of cameras for photographing the inside of the car 1 and one to a plurality of cameras for photographing the outside of the car, such as the front, side, and rear. For example, a camera that captures the interior of a vehicle is attached to the rear-view mirror (rear-view mirror, rear-view mirror) installed between the driver's seat and front passenger seat, the upper part of the front window, etc. In addition to a camera for photographing the work, a camera for photographing the work of the passenger sitting in the passenger seat and the rear seat is included. Cameras for photographing the periphery of the automobile 1 are attached to the left and right sides of the rearview mirror, for example, and two cameras (stereo cameras) that mainly photograph the left front and right front of the automobile 1, For example, a camera that is attached to a door mirror or fender mirror to photograph the left and right sides, a camera that photographs the back of the automobile 1, and an omnidirectional camera (360-degree camera) that is attached to the roof and photographs the surroundings at a wide angle or a fisheye camera , Etc.
 センサ群108は、自動車1のドアの開閉や窓の開閉を検知する開閉検知センサ、シートベルト着用を検出するためのセンサ、運転席や助手席などの座席に乗車者が着座したことを検知する着座センサ(例えば重量センサ)、運転席のハンドルを人がタッチしたことを検知するタッチセンサ(例えば静電容量センサ)などの他、車外の近傍の人物を検知する人感センサ(例えば赤外線センサ)や自動運転のための補助となる情報を取得するための各種センサを含む。自動運転のための補助となる情報を取得するための各種センサとしては、例えば車両やタイヤの振動を検出するための振動センサ、タイヤの回転数を検出する回転数センサ、方位を検出するための地磁気センサ、加速度を検出するための加速度センサ、角度や角速度を検出するためのジャイロセンサ(ジャイロスコープ)、などが含まれる。また、この実施形態では、センサ群108には、右ウインカーや左ウインカー(方向指示器)やハザードランプ(非常点滅灯)の点滅、バックライトやブレーキライト等の点灯を検知するセンサも含まれている。さらに、この実施形態では、センサ群108は自車の走行速度を検出するセンサも備えている。 The sensor group 108 detects whether a passenger is seated in a seat such as a driver seat or a passenger seat, an open / close detection sensor for detecting opening / closing of a door or a window of the automobile 1, a sensor for detecting seat belt wear, and the like. In addition to a seating sensor (for example, a weight sensor) and a touch sensor (for example, a capacitance sensor) that detects that a person has touched the handle of the driver's seat, a human sensor (for example, an infrared sensor) that detects a person in the vicinity outside the vehicle. And various sensors for acquiring information to assist in automatic driving. As various sensors for acquiring information to assist automatic driving, for example, a vibration sensor for detecting vibration of a vehicle or a tire, a rotation speed sensor for detecting the rotation speed of a tire, or a direction for detecting a direction A geomagnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor for detecting acceleration, a gyro sensor (gyroscope) for detecting angle and angular velocity, and the like are included. Further, in this embodiment, the sensor group 108 includes sensors for detecting blinking of a right turn signal, a left turn signal (direction indicator), a hazard lamp (emergency blinking light), and lighting of a backlight, a brake light, and the like. Yes. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the sensor group 108 also includes a sensor that detects the traveling speed of the vehicle.
 また、この実施形態では、自動車1の車内状況を判定する際の一助となる、温度センサ、湿度センサ、熱センサ、煙センサ、呼気センサ、一酸化炭素センサ、硫化水素センサなども、センサ群108には含まれる。なお、熱センサや煙センサは、車内での火災の発生を検知するためのものであり、呼気センサは、運転者の飲酒を検出するためのものであり、一酸化炭素センサ、硫化水素センサは、人体に毒性のあるガスが車内で発生したことを検知するためのものである。 In this embodiment, the sensor group 108 also includes a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a heat sensor, a smoke sensor, an exhalation sensor, a carbon monoxide sensor, a hydrogen sulfide sensor, and the like, which are helpful in determining the in-vehicle situation of the automobile 1. Is included. The heat sensor and smoke sensor are for detecting the occurrence of a fire in the vehicle, the breath sensor is for detecting the driver's drinking, the carbon monoxide sensor and the hydrogen sulfide sensor are This is to detect that a gas toxic to the human body is generated in the vehicle.
 周囲移動体把握部109は、レーダー群106やセンサ群108、また、カメラ群107の撮像画像を用いて、自車の周囲の移動体(人物を含む)を把握するようにする。周囲移動体把握部109は、例えばベイズ理論に基づいた処理を行うことで、周囲の障害物や移動体を把握するようにする。 The surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 grasps a moving body (including a person) around the own vehicle using the radar group 106, the sensor group 108, and the captured image of the camera group 107. The surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 grasps surrounding obstacles and moving bodies by performing processing based on, for example, Bayesian theory.
 現在位置検出部110は、GPS衛星からの電波を受信して、自車の現在位置を検出する。現在位置検出部110は、GPS衛星からの電波により検出された位置の精度は悪いので、GPS衛星からの電波の受信で検出された現在位置の情報のみではなく、センサ群108に含まれる1~複数個のセンサからのセンサ出力情報及びレーダー群106の出力情報、カメラ群107に含まれる1~複数個のカメラからの撮像画像(ナビ機能を併用)などをも用いると共に、例えばベイズ理論に基づいた処理を行うことで、より精度の高い現在位置を検出確認するようにしている。 The current position detector 110 receives radio waves from GPS satellites and detects the current position of the vehicle. Since the current position detection unit 110 has poor accuracy of the position detected by the radio wave from the GPS satellite, the current position detection unit 110 includes not only the information on the current position detected by the reception of the radio wave from the GPS satellite but also 1 to 1 included in the sensor group 108. Sensor output information from a plurality of sensors, output information from the radar group 106, captured images from one to a plurality of cameras included in the camera group 107 (in combination with a navigation function), and the like are used. Thus, the current position is detected and confirmed with higher accuracy.
 自動車1は、自動運転モードにおいては、現在位置検出部110や周囲移動体把握部109において、レーダー群106、カメラ群107、センサ群108、GPS衛星からの電波の受信で取得した位置情報などの各種情報、つまり、人間の目や耳から得る情報に対応する情報をベイズ理論やディープラーニング(深層学習)などの機械学習により処理し、これに基づき、制御部101は、自車の進路変更や障害物の回避など知的な情報処理(人工知能)及び制御(人工知能)を行って、自動運転操作情報を生成する。 In the automatic driving mode, the vehicle 1 uses the current position detection unit 110 and the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109 to obtain information such as position information acquired by receiving radio waves from the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and GPS satellites. Various information, that is, information corresponding to information obtained from human eyes and ears is processed by machine learning such as Bayesian theory or deep learning, and based on this, the control unit 101 changes the course of the vehicle It performs intelligent information processing (artificial intelligence) and control (artificial intelligence) such as obstacle avoidance to generate automatic driving operation information.
 表示部111は、例えばLCD(Liquid Crystal Display;液晶ディスプレイ)からなる。タッチパネル112は、LCDからなる表示部111の表示画面の上に、指やタッチペン等によるタッチ入力が可能なタッチセンサが重畳されて配設されたものである。表示部111の表示画面には、制御部101の制御に基づき、ソフトウエアボタン(キーボードの文字入力用ボタンを含む)を含む表示画像が表示される。そして、タッチパネル112は、表示画面に表示されているソフトウエアボタン上の指やタッチペン等によるタッチを検出すると、そのタッチを制御部101に伝達する。これを受けた制御部101は、ソフトウエアボタンに対応する制御処理を実行するように構成されている。 The display unit 111 includes, for example, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display). The touch panel 112 is provided by superposing a touch sensor capable of touch input with a finger, a touch pen, or the like on a display screen of the display unit 111 formed of an LCD. A display image including software buttons (including keyboard character input buttons) is displayed on the display screen of the display unit 111 based on the control of the control unit 101. When the touch panel 112 detects a touch on a software button displayed on the display screen with a finger, a touch pen, or the like, the touch panel 112 transmits the touch to the control unit 101. Receiving this, the control unit 101 is configured to execute control processing corresponding to the software button.
 カーナビ機能部113は、この実施形態では、図2に示すように、手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を構成する手動運転用ナビ機能部200と、自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を構成する自動運転用ナビ機能部300とを備える。手動運転用ナビ機能部200は、運転者に対して目的地までの経路案内を行うように支援する。また、自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、自動車1自身による目的地までの自律走行を支援する。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the car navigation function unit 113 is a manual driving navigation function unit 200 that constitutes a navigation means for manual driving mode and an automatic driving mode that constitutes a navigation means for automatic driving mode. And a navigation function unit 300. The manual driving navigation function unit 200 assists the driver to provide route guidance to the destination. Moreover, the navigation function part 300 for automatic driving supports the autonomous driving | running | working to the destination by the motor vehicle 1 itself.
 なお、この実施形態では、制御部101は、後述するように、自車が起動されたときに、運転者又は乗車者に、目的地の設定入力を促すようにし、目的地の設定入力があればそれを記憶しておく。自動運転モードに切り替えられて自律走行に移行したときに目的地の設定をしなくてもよいようにするためである。さらに、必要に応じて経由地の設定入力を促すようにし、経由地の設定入力があればそれを記憶しておくようにしてもよい。この場合、自動運転モードに切り替えられて自律走行に移行したときに目的地のみならず経由地の設定をしなくてもよいようにできる。経由地が設定されている場合、手動運転用ナビ機能部200は、運転者に対して、当該経由地を経由した経路で目的地までの経路案内を行うように支援し、自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、自動車1自身によって、当該経由地を経由した経路で目的地までの自律走行を支援する。 In this embodiment, as will be described later, the control unit 101 prompts the driver or the rider to input a destination setting when the host vehicle is activated, and inputs the destination setting input. Remember it. This is because it is not necessary to set the destination when the vehicle is switched to the automatic operation mode and shifted to autonomous driving. Furthermore, it is possible to prompt the user to input a transit point setting as necessary, and to store the transit point setting input, if any. In this case, not only the destination but also the waypoint need not be set when the mode is switched to the automatic operation mode and shifted to autonomous driving. When the waypoint is set, the manual driving navigation function unit 200 assists the driver to guide the route to the destination through the route via the waypoint, and the automatic driving navigation function The unit 300 supports the autonomous traveling to the destination by the vehicle 1 itself through a route via the waypoint.
 図2に示すように、手動運転用ナビ機能部200は、設定受付部201と、経路探索部202と、経路案内部203とを備える。経路案内部203は、地図表示部2031と音声ガイダンス部2032とを備える。また、自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、設定受付部301と、経路探索部302と、自動運転用制御情報発生部303と、地図表示部304と、音声ガイダンス部305と、周辺情報提供部306とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 2, the manual operation navigation function unit 200 includes a setting reception unit 201, a route search unit 202, and a route guidance unit 203. The route guidance unit 203 includes a map display unit 2031 and a voice guidance unit 2032. Further, the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 includes a setting reception unit 301, a route search unit 302, an automatic driving control information generation unit 303, a map display unit 304, a voice guidance unit 305, and a surrounding information provision unit 306. With.
 そして、カーナビ機能部113に接続されているカーナビ用データベース133としては、図2に示すように、この例では日本国の国内の地図データが格納されている地図データベース1331と、地図データに対応する経路探索用データを格納するものであって、手動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1332と、自動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1333とが格納されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the car navigation database 133 connected to the car navigation function unit 113 corresponds to the map database 1331 in which map data in Japan is stored and map data in this example. The route search data is stored, and the route search database 1332 for the manual driving navigation function unit and the route search database 1333 for the automatic driving navigation function unit are stored.
 この実施形態において、経路探索用データベースを、手動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1332と、自動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1333とに分けたのは、運転者は、自分の判断で、手動運転をすることができるので、支援は、最小限で良いのに対して、自動車1による自律運転では、より精細な支援をする必要があるからである。 In this embodiment, the route search database is divided into the route search database 1332 for the manual driving navigation function unit and the route search database 1333 for the automatic driving navigation function unit. This is because manual driving can be performed at his / her own discretion, and thus the support can be minimized, whereas the autonomous driving by the automobile 1 needs to provide more detailed support.
 手動運転用ナビ機能部200は、この実施形態では、運転者又は乗車者によるタッチパネル112通じた起動指示操作や音声認識部116で認識された音声による起動指示に基づいて起動する。後述するように、自動運転モードから手動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、自動車1からの問い合わせに応じて、タッチパネル112を通じた起動指示操作や音声認識部116で認識された音声による起動指示に基づいて起動する。 In this embodiment, the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving is activated based on the activation instruction operation through the touch panel 112 by the driver or the rider or the activation instruction by voice recognized by the voice recognition unit 116. As will be described later, when the automatic operation mode is switched to the manual operation mode, in response to an inquiry from the automobile 1, an activation instruction operation through the touch panel 112 or a voice activation instruction recognized by the voice recognition unit 116 is used. to start.
 そして、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の設定受付部201は、出発地、目的地、経由地(目的地への経由地。設定は任意。)などの設定入力の他、高速道路を優先するか、一般道を優先するか、距離を優先(最短経路を優先)するか、時間を優先(到着時間が短い方を優先)するか、費用を優先(費用(コスト)がかからない方を優先)するかなどの優先設定入力を受け付けて記憶する。なお、自車が起動されたときに目的地が設定されている場合には、記憶されている当該設定されている目的地がデフォルトの目的地とされる。このデフォルトの目的地は変更したり消去したりすることができることは言うまでもない。もちろん、自車が起動されたときに目的地に加えて経由地が設定されている場合には、記憶されている当該設定されている経由地がデフォルトの経由地とされる。このデフォルトの経由地も変更したり消去したりすることができる。 Then, the setting reception unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 gives priority to the expressway in addition to setting inputs such as a departure point, a destination, a waypoint (a waypoint to the destination, setting is optional), and the like. , Give priority to general roads, give priority to distance (prioritize the shortest route), give priority to time (prioritize the shorter arrival time), or give priority to costs (priority costs) Receives and stores priority setting inputs such as In addition, when the destination is set when the own vehicle is started, the set destination stored is set as the default destination. It goes without saying that this default destination can be changed or deleted. Of course, when a stopover is set in addition to the destination when the host vehicle is started, the stored stopover is stored as a default stopover. You can also change or delete this default waypoint.
 経路探索部202は、設定受付部201に記憶されている設定入力に基づいて、手動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1332を用いて経路探索し、その経路探索結果を、経路案内部203に提供する。 The route search unit 202 searches for a route using the route search database 1332 for the manual operation navigation function unit based on the setting input stored in the setting reception unit 201, and the route search result is displayed as a route guide unit. 203.
 経路案内部203では、経路探索部202から受け取った経路探索結果と、地図データベース1331の地図データと、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置データとに基づいて、地図表示部2031が、表示部111の表示画面に、自車の現在地表示及び移動予定経路表示を含む地図画像を表示すると共に、音声ガイダンス部2032が、運転者の運転操作を支援する経路案内音声をスピーカ138を通じて放音するようにする。 In the route guidance unit 203, based on the route search result received from the route search unit 202, the map data of the map database 1331, and the current position data detected by the current position detection unit 110, the map display unit 2031 displays A map image including the current location display of the host vehicle and the planned travel route display is displayed on the display screen of the unit 111, and the voice guidance unit 2032 emits a route guidance voice for supporting the driving operation of the driver through the speaker 138. Like that.
 すなわち、地図表示部2031は、表示部111の表示画面上において、目的地までの経路(ルート)を明示的に表示する地図上に、現在位置検出部110で検出確認されている自車位置を重畳表示した画像を表示すると共に、自車の移動に伴い、地図上の自車位置(現在位置)を移動させるようにする。 That is, the map display unit 2031 displays the vehicle position detected and confirmed by the current position detection unit 110 on the map that explicitly displays the route (route) to the destination on the display screen of the display unit 111. While displaying the superimposed image, the vehicle position (current position) on the map is moved as the vehicle moves.
 また、音声ガイダンス部2032は、目的地までの経路(ルート)上の交差点や分岐点など、経路案内が必要な箇所で合成音声による音声案内をするようにする。この場合、例えば、自車の現在位置が、右折すべき分岐点に近づいたとき、当該分岐点の手前の位置の、例えば300メートル手前、100メートル手前、50メートル手前などの位置になったときに、運転者が、分岐点ですべき運転操作を容易に認識することができるようにする案内音声を放音するようにする。例えば、音声ガイダンス部2032は、「300メートル先を右折です。」、「100メートル先を右折です。」、「ここで右折です。」などの案内音声を、自車の走行に従って放音する。運転者は、この音声案内により、右折すべき交差点や分岐点位置を確実に認識して、右折の運転操作をすることができる。 In addition, the voice guidance unit 2032 performs voice guidance using synthesized voice at places where route guidance is necessary, such as intersections and branch points on the route (route) to the destination. In this case, for example, when the current position of the host vehicle approaches a branch point to turn right, for example, 300 meters before, 100 meters before, 50 meters before, etc. In addition, a guidance voice is emitted so that the driver can easily recognize the driving operation to be performed at the branch point. For example, the voice guidance unit 2032 emits guidance voices such as “turn right after 300 meters”, “turn right after 100 meters”, and “turn right here” according to the driving of the vehicle. With this voice guidance, the driver can recognize the intersection to be turned right and the position of the branch point, and can make a right turn driving operation.
 自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、この実施形態では、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、制御部101の制御により自動的に起動される。したがって、自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、常に、起動された現在位置を出発地として認識する。このため、自動運転用ナビ機能部300においては、出発地の設定入力は不要となる。 In this embodiment, the automatic operation navigation function unit 300 is automatically activated by the control of the control unit 101 when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode. Accordingly, the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 always recognizes the activated current position as the departure place. For this reason, in the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving, it is not necessary to input the setting of the departure place.
 自動運転用ナビ機能部300の設定受付部301は、この実施形態では、目的地の設定が既になされているか否か判別し、目的地の設定がなされていなければ、目的地の設定入力を運転者や乗車者に促し、設定入力された目的地を記憶する。もちろん、目的地の設定入力は選択入力できるようにし、運転者や乗車者にその選択を促し、選択入力された目的地を記憶するようにしてもよい。また、さらに経由地の設定入力又は選択入力(複数候補から選択入力。経由地無しも含む。)を運転者や乗車者に促し、設定入力又は選択入力された経由地を記憶する。なお、自車が起動されたときに目的地や経由地が設定されている場合には、記憶されている当該目的地や経由地をそのまま採用してもよいが、この実施形態では、利用者の便宜を考慮して、目的地や経由地を変更するかどうか問い合わせて、目的地や経由地の変更が無ければ、その記憶されている目的地や経由地を採用することとしている。 In this embodiment, the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 determines whether or not the destination has already been set. If the destination has not been set, the destination setting input is operated. To the driver or passenger, and the destination set and input is stored. Of course, the destination setting input can be selected and input, the driver or the rider can be prompted to select it, and the selected and input destination can be stored. In addition, it prompts the driver or the rider to enter or set a transit point (selection input from a plurality of candidates, including no transit point), and stores the transit point that has been set or selected. If the destination or waypoint is set when the vehicle is started, the stored destination or waypoint may be adopted as it is, but in this embodiment, the user In view of this convenience, an inquiry is made as to whether or not to change the destination or waypoint, and if there is no change in the destination or waypoint, the stored destination or waypoint is adopted.
 また、設定受付部301は、目的地、経由地(目的地への経由地。設定は任意。)などの設定入力の他、高速道路を優先するか、一般道を優先するか、距離を優先(最短経路を優先)するか、時間を優先(到着時間が短い方を優先)するか、費用を優先(費用(コスト)がかからない方を優先)するかなどの優先設定入力を受け付けて記憶する。 In addition to setting input such as a destination and a waypoint (a waypoint to the destination. Setting is arbitrary), the setting reception unit 301 gives priority to a highway, a general road, or a distance. Accept and store priority setting inputs such as (prioritize the shortest route), prioritize time (prioritize the shorter arrival time), prioritize cost (prioritize the one that does not cost) .
 ところで、運転者や乗車者は、自動運転モードにおける自動運転用ナビ機能部300の実行には、自動車1の自動運転による自律運転に全く任せて、寝てしまったり、自由に振る舞いたい場合には、経路案内や地図表示は、不要となる。また、運転者や乗車者によっては、自動運転モードにおける自動運転用ナビ機能部300の実行に、自車の現在位置を地図上で知りたい、どのような走行をするかを知りたい場合がある。また、運転者や乗車者は、経路案内の音声は不要であるが、特定の地点になったら、その地点の観光情報や飲食店情報等の周辺情報が知りたい場合もある。 By the way, when the driver or the rider wants to go to sleep or to freely act as the autonomous driving navigation function unit 300 in the automatic driving mode, it is left to the autonomous driving by the automatic driving of the automobile 1. Route guidance and map display are unnecessary. In addition, some drivers and passengers may want to know the current position of the vehicle on a map or what kind of traveling to perform for the execution of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 in the automatic driving mode. . In addition, the driver and the rider do not need the voice of route guidance, but when a specific point is reached, the driver or the passenger may want to know peripheral information such as tourist information or restaurant information at the point.
 さらに、自動運転モードから手動運転モードへの切り替えについて、手動運転操作検知部105で手動運転操作を検知したら、即座に手動運転モードに切り替えるのか、それとも、例えば、手動運転操作検知部105で手動運転操作が検知されても、タッチパネル112を通じた明示的な切替指示操作を検知したことや、音声認識部116で音声による明示的な切替指示を受けたことを検知した場合にのみ手動運転モードに切り替えるのか、等のように、自動運転モードから手動運転モードへの切り替えのレベルをも、設定したい場合がある。 Further, regarding the switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode, when the manual operation operation detection unit 105 detects the manual operation operation, whether to switch to the manual operation mode immediately or, for example, the manual operation operation detection unit 105 performs manual operation. Even when an operation is detected, the mode is switched to the manual operation mode only when an explicit switching instruction operation through the touch panel 112 is detected or when an explicit switching instruction is received by the voice recognition unit 116. In some cases, it is desired to set the level of switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode.
 以上のことを考慮して、自動運転用ナビ機能部300の設定受付部301は、手動運転モードから自動運転モードへの切り替えに伴って、自動運転用ナビ機能部300が起動されたときに、上記のナビ実行中の地図表示を要求するか否か、後述する合成音声による経路案内や周辺情報の提供サービスを要求するか否か、周辺情報の提供を要求する地点を登録するか否か、手動運転モードへの切り替えのレベルを上記の内のどのレベルにするか、等の設定入力をも受け付けるようにする。なお、自動運転用ナビ機能部300の設定受付部301は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の設定受付部201と同様に、目的地、経由地、高速道路優先、距離優先、時間優先、費用優先などの設定入力を受け付けて記憶するようにしてもよい。 In consideration of the above, the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is activated when the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is activated in accordance with the switching from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode. Whether to request a map display during the execution of the above navigation, whether to request route guidance by synthetic voice, which will be described later, or a service for providing surrounding information, whether to register a point to request the provision of surrounding information, A setting input such as which of the above levels is to be switched to the manual operation mode is also accepted. Note that the setting reception unit 301 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is similar to the setting reception unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, such as destination, waypoint, highway priority, distance priority, time priority, and cost priority. It is also possible to accept and store setting inputs such as.
 経路探索部302は、設定受付部301に記憶されている設定入力に基づいて、自動運転用ナビ機能部用の経路探索用データベース1333を用いて経路探索し、その経路探索結果を、自動運転用制御情報発生部303に提供する。 Based on the setting input stored in the setting reception unit 301, the route search unit 302 searches for a route using the route search database 1333 for the navigation function unit for automatic driving, and the route search result is used for automatic driving. This information is provided to the control information generation unit 303.
 自動運転用制御情報発生部303は、経路探索部302から受け取った経路探索結果と、地図データベース1331の地図データと、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置データとに基づいて、自車の自律運転を支援する運転制御指示情報を発生する。制御部101は、この運転制御指示情報に基づいて、モータ駆動制御部102やステアリング駆動制御部103を制御して自律運転を実行するようにする。 Based on the route search result received from the route search unit 302, the map data in the map database 1331, and the current position data detected by the current position detection unit 110, the automatic driving control information generation unit 303 Driving control instruction information that supports autonomous driving is generated. Based on this driving control instruction information, the control unit 101 controls the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive control unit 103 to execute autonomous driving.
 この場合に、自動運転用制御情報発生部303は、自車の現在位置が目的地までのルート上から離れているときには、その離間方向及び距離の情報を制御部101に通知すると共に、自車の現在位置が目的地までのルート上に在るときには、自車の移動に伴い、ルート上の交差点や分岐点などの手前で、ルートに沿った進路方向の変更指示情報を制御部101に通知するようにする。制御部101は、この自動運転用制御情報発生部303からの通知された運転制御指示情報と、現在位置検出部110の現在位置確認結果及び周囲移動体把握部109の把握結果とに基づいて、自車がルート上を指示された通りの進路をとって移動するように、モータ駆動制御部102を通じてモータ駆動部131を制御すると共に、ステアリング駆動制御部103を通じてステアリング駆動部132を制御するための自動運転操作情報を生成する。したがって、自動運転モードにおけるカーナビ機能部113の自動運転用ナビ機能部300及び制御部101による目的地までの経路案内により、乗車者が無人の状態においても、自動車1は、目的地まで移動することができる。 In this case, when the current position of the own vehicle is away from the route to the destination, the automatic driving control information generating unit 303 notifies the control unit 101 of information on the separation direction and the distance, and When the current position of the vehicle is on the route to the destination, the control unit 101 is notified of the change direction information along the route before the intersection or branching point on the route as the vehicle moves. To do. The control unit 101, based on the driving control instruction information notified from the automatic driving control information generating unit 303, the current position confirmation result of the current position detecting unit 110 and the grasping result of the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, For controlling the motor drive unit 131 through the motor drive control unit 102 and the steering drive unit 132 through the steering drive control unit 103 so that the vehicle moves along the route as instructed on the route. Generates automatic driving operation information. Therefore, the vehicle 1 moves to the destination even when the passenger is unmanned by the route guidance to the destination by the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 and the control unit 101 of the car navigation function unit 113 in the automatic driving mode. Can do.
 地図表示部304は、自動運転用ナビ機能の実行中における地図表示処理を行う処理機能部である。この地図表示部304は、自動運転用ナビ機能では運転者に対する支援をする必要はないので、この実施形態では、交差点や分岐点の近傍で、表示部111の表示画面を分割して当該交差点や分岐点の近傍を拡大表示して案内するような表示は省略する。なお、地図表示部304は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の経路案内部203の地図表示部2031と同様の地図表示処理をするようにしてもよく、その場合には、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の経路案内部203の地図表示部2031を、自動運転用ナビ機能部300の地図表示部304として用いることもできる。 The map display unit 304 is a processing function unit that performs map display processing during the execution of the automatic driving navigation function. Since the map display unit 304 does not need to provide assistance to the driver with the navigation function for automatic driving, in this embodiment, the display screen of the display unit 111 is divided in the vicinity of the intersection or branch point, A display for enlarging and guiding the vicinity of the branch point is omitted. The map display unit 304 may perform the same map display processing as the map display unit 2031 of the route guidance unit 203 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and in that case, the manual driving navigation function unit The map display unit 2031 of the route guidance unit 203 of 200 can also be used as the map display unit 304 of the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving.
 この地図表示部304は、設定受付部301で、自動運転用ナビ実行中の地図表示を要求すると設定されたときに起動されて動作状態となり、上記の自動運転用ナビ機能部300でのナビ実行中の地図表示を実行し、地図表示が要求されなかったときには、非動作状態となる。図2のスイッチ307は、地図表示部304が利用者の設定により動作、非動作が切り替えられることを明示的に示すためのもので、実際的に設けられている訳ではない。 The map display unit 304 is activated when the setting reception unit 301 requests a map display during execution of the automatic driving navigation, and is activated, and the navigation execution by the above-described automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is performed. When the inside map display is executed and the map display is not requested, the non-operating state is entered. The switch 307 in FIG. 2 is for explicitly indicating that the map display unit 304 can be switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
 音声ガイダンス部305は、自動運転用ナビ実行中での合成音声による音声案内処理を行う処理機能部である。自動運転用ナビ機能では運転者に対する支援をする必要はないので、「300メートル先を右折です。」や「まもなく分岐点です。」等の交差点や分岐点に近づくに応じた懇切丁寧な音声案内は不要であり、この実施形態では、音声ガイダンス部305は、自車が交差点や分岐点でどのような行動をとるかを運転者や乗車者に報知する音声案内処理を行う。なお、音声ガイダンス部305は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の音声ガイダンス部2032と同様の音声案内をするようにしても勿論よい。その場合には、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の経路案内部203の音声ガイダンス部2032を、自動運転用ナビ機能部300の音声ガイダンス部305として用いることもできる。 The voice guidance unit 305 is a processing function unit that performs voice guidance processing using synthesized speech while the navigation for automatic driving is being executed. There is no need to provide assistance to the driver with the navigation function for automatic driving, so a polite voice guidance according to approaching the intersection or branching point such as "Turn right at 300 meters" or "It will be a branching point soon". In this embodiment, the voice guidance unit 305 performs a voice guidance process for notifying the driver and the rider of what action the vehicle takes at an intersection or a branch point. Of course, the voice guidance unit 305 may provide the same voice guidance as the voice guidance unit 2032 of the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving. In that case, the voice guidance unit 2032 of the route guidance unit 203 of the navigation function unit 200 for manual driving can be used as the voice guidance unit 305 of the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving.
 この音声ガイダンス部305も、設定受付部301で、自動運転用ナビ実行中の音声案内を要求すると設定されたときに起動されて動作状態となり、上記の自動運転用ナビ機能部300でのナビ実行中の音声案内を実行し、音声案内が要求されなかったときには、非動作状態となる。図2のスイッチ308は、音声ガイダンス部305が利用者の設定により動作、非動作が切り替えられることを明示的に示すためのもので、実際的に設けられている訳ではない。 The voice guidance unit 305 is also activated when the setting reception unit 301 requests voice guidance during execution of automatic driving navigation and is set in an operational state. Navigation execution by the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is performed. When the voice guidance in the middle is executed and no voice guidance is requested, it becomes inactive. The switch 308 in FIG. 2 is intended to explicitly indicate that the voice guidance unit 305 is switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
 周辺情報提供部306は、設定受付部301で、周辺情報の提供を要求する地点の登録を受け付けた場合に、動作状態となる。図2のスイッチ309は、周辺情報提供部306が利用者の設定により動作、非動作が切り替えられることを明示的に示すためのもので、実際的に設けられている訳ではない。 The peripheral information providing unit 306 enters an operation state when the setting receiving unit 301 receives registration of a location that requests the provision of peripheral information. The switch 309 in FIG. 2 is for explicitly indicating that the peripheral information providing unit 306 is switched between operation and non-operation according to a user setting, and is not actually provided.
 周辺情報提供部306は、現在位置検出部110により検出される自車の現在位置を監視して、自車の現在位置が、登録された地点あるいはその近傍になったときに、カーナビ用データベース133の地図データベースに記憶されている前記登録された地点に関する情報、例えば観光情報や、周辺の景色の案内情報や、周辺のレストランなどの飲食店情報などを読み出して、表示部111の表示画面に表示したり、音声入出力部122を通じ、スピーカ138を通じて合成音声により報知したりする。この場合に、周辺情報として同様な情報を要求するかを、設定受付部301で使用者が予め登録設定しておくことができるようにされている場合には、その登録設定された周辺情報のみが提供される。 The surrounding information providing unit 306 monitors the current position of the host vehicle detected by the current position detecting unit 110, and when the current position of the host vehicle is at or near a registered point, the car navigation database 133 is displayed. Information on the registered points stored in the map database, such as sightseeing information, surrounding scenery guidance information, restaurant information such as surrounding restaurants, etc. are read and displayed on the display screen of the display unit 111 Or a synthesized voice is notified through the speaker 138 through the voice input / output unit 122. In this case, in the case where the user can preliminarily register and set whether to request similar information as the peripheral information, only the peripheral information set and registered is set. Is provided.
 なお、手動運転用ナビ機能部200及び自動運転用ナビ機能部300のナビ機能の実行中においては、表示部111の表示画面には、周辺検索用のアイコンボタンが表示されており、運転者又は乗車者が、この周辺検索用のアイコンボタンを押下操作すると、タッチパネル112でそれが検出され、その検出結果に応じて、その時に実行されている手動運転用ナビ機能部200又は自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、当該周辺検索用のアイコンボタンが押下操作された現在位置を中心とした周辺検索機能を実行し、その検索結果を運転者又は乗車者に提供する機能が実行できるように構成されている。 During the execution of the navigation function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 and the automatic driving navigation function unit 300, the display screen of the display unit 111 displays icon buttons for searching around, When the rider presses down the icon button for searching for the vicinity, it is detected on the touch panel 112, and depending on the detection result, the manual driving navigation function unit 200 or the automatic driving navigation function being executed at that time is detected. The unit 300 is configured to execute a peripheral search function centered on the current position where the peripheral search icon button is pressed and to provide a search result to a driver or a rider. Yes.
 なお、後述するように、手動運転モードから自動運転モード(あるいは強制自動運転モード)に切り替えられたときの行先として、目的地の名称や位置情報ではなく、目的地の属性、例えば「病院」、「ガソリンスタンド」、「コンビニエンスストア(以下、コンビニと略称する)」が登録されている場合には、カーナビ機能部113の自動運転用ナビ機能部300は、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置を中心として、目的地の属性についての周辺検索を行って、その周辺検索の結果の施設や場所を行先とするようにする。 As will be described later, as the destination when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode (or forced automatic operation mode), the destination attribute, for example, “hospital”, not the destination name or position information, When “gas station” and “convenience store (hereinafter abbreviated as convenience store)” are registered, the navigation function unit 300 for automatic driving of the car navigation function unit 113 detects the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110. A surrounding search is performed with respect to the attribute of the destination with the position as the center, and the facility or place as a result of the surrounding search is set as the destination.
 また、この実施形態では、カーナビ機能部113は、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置情報の緯度・経度の情報から、カーナビ用データベース133の地図情報を参照することで、現在位置の場所名や施設名、住所を検出する機能を備える。そして、後述するように、カーナビ機能部113の手動運転用ナビ機能部200の音声ガイダンス部2032及び自動運転用ナビ機能部300の音声ガイダンス部305は、検出した現在位置の場所名や施設名、住所の名称を、制御部101の制御に基づいて、合成音声発生部121に転送する機能も備える。 Further, in this embodiment, the car navigation function unit 113 refers to the map information of the car navigation database 133 from the latitude / longitude information of the current position information detected by the current position detection unit 110, thereby It has a function to detect names, facility names, and addresses. As will be described later, the voice guidance unit 2032 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 of the car navigation function unit 113 and the voice guidance unit 305 of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 include the location name and facility name of the detected current position, A function of transferring the name of the address to the synthesized speech generation unit 121 based on the control of the control unit 101 is also provided.
 画像認識部114は、カメラ群107の内の車内を撮影するカメラや車外を撮影するカメラからの撮像画像と、画像情報記憶部134に記憶されている画像情報とのマッチング処理を行うことで、運転者や乗車者の身体的な異変、また、居眠り、飲食や喫煙、よそ見、わき見などの運転者の所作、運転者の履物など、車内状況の判定のための画像認識結果を得る。画像認識部114は、得た認識結果を車内状況判定部117に転送する。 The image recognition unit 114 performs a matching process between a captured image from a camera that captures the inside of the vehicle in the camera group 107 and a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle, and image information stored in the image information storage unit 134. An image recognition result is obtained for determining an in-vehicle situation such as a physical change of a driver or a rider, a driver's work such as sleeping, eating and drinking, smoking, looking away, aside, and a driver's footwear. The image recognition unit 114 transfers the obtained recognition result to the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117.
 また、画像認識部114は、カメラ群107の内の車外を撮影するカメラからの撮像画像から、横断歩道に立っている人物などを認識したり、踏切の遮断機などを認識することで、踏切を認識したりする機能なども備えていると共に、画像認識部114は、カメラ群107の内の車外を撮影するカメラからの撮像画像から、道路標識や道路標示を認識する機能も備える。 Further, the image recognition unit 114 recognizes a person standing on a pedestrian crossing or a crossing barrier of a railroad crossing from a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle in the camera group 107, thereby detecting a railroad crossing barrier. The image recognizing unit 114 also has a function of recognizing a road sign or a road sign from a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the camera group 107.
 また、画像認識部114に接続されている画像情報記憶部134には、画像認識用の比較画像の画像情報が記憶されている。画像情報記憶部134に記憶されている比較画像としては、車内を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像との比較用として、座席に座っている人の人事不省、前後不覚、失神の状態の画像、癲癇の発作の状態の画像、居眠り(瞼が一定時間以上閉じたままの状態や、頭のコックリコックリなど)の画像、よそ見やわき見をしている人の画像、飲食をしている人の画像、の他、飲食対象物(おにぎり、サンドイッチ、お弁当、お菓子、アイスクリーム、水、お茶、コーヒーなど)(飲食の検出の補助となる)の画像、たばこ(喫煙の検出の補助となる)の画像、履物(下駄、スリッパ、ハイヒールなど運転を誤るおそれのある履物)や裸足(履物を履いておらず、運転を誤るおそれのある状態)の画像、などを含む。 The image information storage unit 134 connected to the image recognition unit 114 stores image information of a comparative image for image recognition. As a comparison image stored in the image information storage unit 134, for comparison with a captured image from a camera that captures the inside of the vehicle, an image of a person sitting in the seat, lack of human resources, front and back blindness, fainting state, Images of seizures of a spider, images of snoozing (a state in which a spider remains closed for a certain period of time, a cocked cock, etc.), images of people who are looking aside or looking aside, images of people who are eating and drinking Other than, images of food and drink (rice balls, sandwiches, lunch boxes, sweets, ice cream, water, tea, coffee, etc.) (helps detect food and drink), cigarettes (helps detect smoking) Images of footwear (footwear that may cause misoperation such as clogs, slippers, and high heels) and images of bare feet (state that does not wear footwear and may cause misoperation).
 また、画像情報記憶部134に記憶されている比較画像としては、車外を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像との比較用として、よそ見やわき見の原因となる風景の画像(例えば紅葉の絶景の画像、名所・旧跡の画像、お祭りの神輿の画像、花火の画像、新装開店セールなどの画像)や有名人の画像(例えば著名な芸能人やスポーツ選手などの画像)、などを含む。 In addition, as a comparison image stored in the image information storage unit 134, for comparison with a captured image from a camera that captures the outside of the vehicle, an image of a landscape that causes a look away or a side view (for example, an image of a superb view of autumn leaves, Images of famous places / historic sites, images of festival shrines, images of fireworks, images of renovations, etc.) and images of celebrities (for example, images of famous celebrities and athletes).
 さらに、画像情報記憶部134には、比較画像として、道路標識及び道路標示のイメージデータが予め登録されて格納されている。画像認識部114は、カメラ群107の内の、自動車1の車外の前方、側方、後方などを撮影する1~複数個のカメラからの撮影画像と、道路標識及び道路標示のイメージデータとのマッチング処理を行うことにより、前記1~複数個のカメラの撮影画像から道路標識や道路標示を抽出するようにする。 Furthermore, in the image information storage unit 134, image data of road signs and road markings are registered and stored in advance as comparative images. The image recognition unit 114 includes a captured image from one or more cameras that capture the front, side, rear, and the like outside the vehicle 1 in the camera group 107, and image data of road signs and road markings. By performing the matching process, road signs and road markings are extracted from the captured images of the one or more cameras.
 そして、画像認識部114は、車外を撮影するカメラからの撮像画像に基づく認識結果を自車動き解析検知部118にも転送するようにする。 Then, the image recognition unit 114 transfers the recognition result based on the captured image from the camera that captures the outside of the vehicle to the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118.
 自車動き解析検知部118は、カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像から、自車(自動車1)の発進、停止、直進走行、徐行、右回転、左回転、後退などの動きを検出すると共に、道路の左側に寄せる、走行車線の中央線を跨ぐ、などの動きを検出する。 The own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 detects movements such as start, stop, straight traveling, slow travel, right rotation, left rotation, and reverse movement of the own vehicle (automobile 1) from the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107. It detects movements such as moving to the left side of the road and straddling the center line of the driving lane.
 自動運転切替条件判別部115は、後で記憶内容を詳述する自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている手動運転モードから自動運転モード(通常自動運転モードと強制自動運転モードを含む)に切り替える切替条件のいずれかに、自車の車内状況や運転者による手動運転モード時の振る舞い等が合致するか否かを判別し、合致すると判別したときに、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードあるいは強制自動運転モードへの切り替え指示を、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104に送るようにする。 The automatic operation switching condition discriminating unit 115 changes from the manual operation mode stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, which will be described in detail later, to the automatic operation mode (including the normal automatic operation mode and the forced automatic operation mode). It is determined whether or not the in-vehicle situation of the vehicle or the behavior in the manual operation mode by the driver matches with any of the switching conditions to be switched, and when it is determined that they match, the manual operation mode is changed to the normal automatic operation mode or An instruction to switch to the forced automatic operation mode is sent to the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104.
 音声認識部116は、マイクロホン137からの音声情報と、音声情報記憶部136に記憶されている音声情報とのマッチング処理を行うことで、運転者や乗車者の身体的な異変、また、運転者や乗車者の便意や尿意、などの車内状況の判定のための音声認識結果を得る。音声認識部116は、得た認識結果を車内状況判定部117に転送する。 The voice recognition unit 116 performs a matching process between the voice information from the microphone 137 and the voice information stored in the voice information storage unit 136, so that the physical change of the driver or the rider or the driver And voice recognition results for determining in-vehicle conditions such as passenger's convenience and urine feeling. The voice recognition unit 116 transfers the obtained recognition result to the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117.
 音声認識部116に接続される音声情報記憶部136には、運転者や乗車者が身体的な異変が生じた時に発する唸り声、喘息音、悲鳴、あるいは「苦しい」、「助けて」、「気持ちが悪い」、「何とかして」、「むかむかする」、「吐きそう」、「うっ」、「げぇー」などの音声情報、また、運転者や乗車者が便意や尿意を催したときに発する「トイレ」、「化粧室」、「お手洗い」、「限界」、「もれそう」等の逼迫した声(言葉)の音声情報などが、音声認識部116での音声認識のための比較用として記憶されている。さらに、音声情報記憶部136には、子供の泣き声や、子供のシートからの落下音、ペットの吠え声なども、予め登録されて記憶されている。 In the voice information storage unit 136 connected to the voice recognition unit 116, a whisper, asthma, scream or “suffer”, “help”, “help” Voice information such as “I feel bad”, “Somehow”, “I feel sick”, “I ’m going to vomit”, “U”, “Gee”, or when the driver or rider has a stool or urine The voice information of squeezed voices (words) such as “toilet”, “toilet”, “toilet”, “limit”, “leak” seems to be used for voice recognition by the voice recognition unit 116. Stored for comparison. Furthermore, in the voice information storage unit 136, a child's cry, a falling sound from a child's seat, a pet's bark, and the like are registered and stored in advance.
 車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114からの画像認識結果と、音声認識部116からの音声認識結果と、センサ群108の内の車内状況の判定に寄与する1~複数のセンサからのセンサ出力とから、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替える切替条件となる車内状況を判定する。そして、車内状況判定部117は、その車内状況の判定結果を自動運転切替条件判別部115に転送する。 The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes an image recognition result from the image recognition unit 114, a voice recognition result from the voice recognition unit 116, and sensors from one or more sensors that contribute to the determination of the in-vehicle situation in the sensor group 108. From the output, the in-vehicle situation serving as a switching condition for switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode is determined. Then, the in-vehicle state determination unit 117 transfers the determination result of the in-vehicle state to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
 携帯電話機能部119は、この例においては、自動車1に予め内蔵されているものであり、加入者登録されて、所定の加入者番号が割り当てられている。自動車1の運転者や乗車者は、いわゆるハンズフリーにより、携帯電話の通話ができる。そして、自動車1の制御部101は、後述するように、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に関連する設定情報として、119番への通報が記憶されているときには、当該携帯電話機能部119を通じて、119番通報を行う機能を備えている。その119番通報における通報情報は、合成音声発生部121からの合成音声により構成される。また、携帯電話機能部119は、メール機能やインターネット接続機能も備えている。 In this example, the mobile phone function unit 119 is built in the automobile 1 in advance, and is registered as a subscriber and assigned a predetermined subscriber number. A driver or a rider of the automobile 1 can make a mobile phone call by so-called hands-free. Then, as will be described later, the control unit 101 of the automobile 1 stores the portable information when a report to the number 119 is stored as setting information related to the switching conditions stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135. The telephone function unit 119 is provided with a function for making a 119 report. The notification information in the 119th notification is composed of synthesized speech from the synthesized speech generating unit 121. The mobile phone function unit 119 also has a mail function and an Internet connection function.
 時計部120は、カレンダー機能を備え、現在日時を提供すると共に、制御部101の制御に基づいて、所定のタイミング時点からの時間計測を行うタイマー機能も備える。 The clock unit 120 has a calendar function, provides the current date and time, and also has a timer function for measuring time from a predetermined timing based on the control of the control unit 101.
 合成音声発生部121は、外部に放音する音声メッセージデータを記憶するメモリを内蔵すると共に、カーナビ機能部113の音声ガイダンス部2032や音声ガイダンス部304、また、周辺情報提供部306からの経路案内音声データや、現在位置の場所名や施設名、住所を合成音声に変換する機能を備える。なお、合成音声発生部121が記憶する音声メッセージとしては、後述するように、例えば「通常自動運転モードに切り替えました。」、「強制自動運転モードに切り替えました。」、「手動運転モードに切り替えました。」などの運転モードの切り替え通知メッセージや、通常手動運転モードから自動運転モードあるいは強制自動運転モードへの切り替え時に、目的地設定入力を促す通知メッセージなどが用意されている。 The synthesized voice generating unit 121 has a built-in memory for storing voice message data to be emitted to the outside, and also provides route guidance from the voice guidance unit 2032 and the voice guidance unit 304 of the car navigation function unit 113 and the surrounding information providing unit 306. It has a function to convert voice data, location name, facility name, and address of the current position into synthesized voice. Note that the voice message stored in the synthesized voice generation unit 121 is, for example, “switched to the normal automatic operation mode”, “switched to the forced automatic operation mode”, “to the manual operation mode” as described later. Operation mode switching notification messages such as “Switched” and a notification message for prompting destination setting input when switching from the normal manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode are prepared.
 音声入出力部122には、前述したように、マイクロホン137が接続されていると共に、スピーカ138が接続されている。これらマイクロホン137及びスピーカ138は、携帯電話機能部119を用いたハンズフリーの通話用の送受器として用いられる。また、音声入出力部122は、携帯電話機能部119を用いたハンズフリーの通話用の音声の送受の機能を備えるのみではなく、車内状況の判定のための車内の音声情報を、マイクロホン137で収音して、音声認識部116に供給する機能と、前述した運転モードの切り替え通知メッセージや、目的地設定入力を促す通知メッセージなどをスピーカ138から放音する機能も備える。 As described above, the microphone 137 and the speaker 138 are connected to the voice input / output unit 122. The microphone 137 and the speaker 138 are used as a hand-free telephone handset using the mobile phone function unit 119. The voice input / output unit 122 not only has a function of sending and receiving voice for hands-free calling using the mobile phone function unit 119, but also uses the microphone 137 to transmit in-vehicle audio information for determining in-vehicle conditions. A function of collecting and supplying to the voice recognition unit 116 and a function of emitting from the speaker 138 the above-described operation mode switching notification message, a notification message for prompting destination setting input, and the like are also provided.
 [自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容の例]
 この実施形態では、切替条件は、2種のものが定義されている。すなわち、第1種の切替条件は、運転者が手動運転モードにおける運転を継続すると、安全性を担保することに支障が生じるような車内状況として定義されている。すなわち、自動車1の車内状況がこの切替条件に合致する車内状況となった時には、危険性があったり、安全性が担保されていなかったりするので、手動運転モードから、通常通常自動運転モードあるいは強制自動運転モードに切り替えて、安全運転を維持するような走行状態となるようにすべき条件として、この第1種の切替条件は定められている。
[Example of stored contents of automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135]
In this embodiment, two types of switching conditions are defined. That is, the first type of switching condition is defined as an in-vehicle situation in which, if the driver continues driving in the manual driving mode, there is a problem in ensuring safety. That is, when the in-vehicle situation of the automobile 1 becomes an in-vehicle situation that matches this switching condition, there is a danger or safety is not ensured. This first type of switching condition is defined as a condition for switching to the automatic driving mode so as to achieve a driving state in which safe driving is maintained.
 また、第2種の切替条件は、「追い越し禁止」、「右折(左折)禁止」、「制限速度」、「信号遵守」、「踏切での一時停止」などの交通法規を遵守しない運転を防止するための条件や、「横断歩道での一時停止無視」、「妨害運転」、「危険運転、無謀運転」、「急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドル」などの事故を招きやすい状態を回避して、安全運転を担保するための条件とされている。そして、この第2種の切替条件に対しては、懲罰的な意味を含めて、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードへ切り替えるのではなく、強制自動運転モードに切り替えらえるようにされる。 In addition, the second type of switching condition prevents driving that does not comply with traffic regulations such as “No overtaking”, “Right turn (left turn) prohibited”, “Limited speed”, “Signal compliance”, “Temporary stop at level crossing”, etc. To avoid conditions that are prone to accidents, such as “ignoring pauses at pedestrian crossings”, “interfering driving”, “dangerous driving, reckless driving”, “quick accelerator, sudden braking, sudden steering” It is a condition for ensuring safe driving. For the second type of switching condition, including the punitive meaning, the manual operation mode is not switched to the normal automatic operation mode, but the forced automatic operation mode is switched.
 自動運転切替条件判別部115に接続されている自動運転切替条件記憶部135には、この実施形態では、第1種の切替条件についての第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1と、第2種の切替条件についての第2の自動運転切替条件テーブル(強制自動運転切替条件テーブル)TBL2が記憶されている。 In this embodiment, the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 connected to the automatic operation switching condition determination unit 115 includes a first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 for the first type switching condition, and a second type of switching condition table TBL1. A second automatic operation switching condition table (forced automatic operation switching condition table) TBL2 for the switching conditions is stored.
 第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1としては、図3~図5に例示するように、自動車1が手動運転モードである走行中において、自動車1の走行モードを手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードあるいは強制自動運転モードに切り替えるための切替条件と、切替条件に合致したときの制御内容と、通常自動運転モードや強制自動運転モードにおける行先の情報と、通常自動運転モードや強制自動運転モードの解除条件とが対応付けられて記憶されている。 As illustrated in FIGS. 3 to 5, the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 is changed from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode or the normal operation mode when the vehicle 1 is traveling in the manual operation mode. Switching conditions for switching to forced automatic operation mode, control details when the switching conditions are met, destination information in normal automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode, release conditions for normal automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode Are stored in association with each other.
 切替条件に合致したときの制御内容には、切替条件に合致したときに、通常自動運転モードに切り替えるのか、強制自動運転モードに切り替えるのかの自動運転モードの指定情報と、合致した切替条件に応じて自動車1が、切替後の自動運転モード(強制自動運転モードを含む)において行うべき制御内容を含む。 The control content when the switching condition is met depends on the automatic operation mode specification information on whether to switch to normal automatic operation mode or forced automatic operation mode when the switching condition is met, and the matching switching condition. The vehicle 1 includes control contents to be performed in the automatic operation mode after switching (including the forced automatic operation mode).
 また、解除条件は、強制自動運転モードを解除して、手動運転モードに復帰させてもよい条件、又は自動運転モードから手動運転モードへの切り替えのための操作の条件である。 Also, the release condition is a condition for releasing the forced automatic operation mode and returning to the manual operation mode, or an operation condition for switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode.
 また、第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2は、図6及び図7に例示するように、自動車1が手動運転モードである走行中に、自動車1の走行モードを手動運転モードから強制自動運転モードに切り替えるための切替条件と、強制自動運転モードでの運転内容と、強制自動運転モードの解除条件とが対応付けられて記憶されている。 Further, as illustrated in FIGS. 6 and 7, the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL <b> 2 indicates that the driving mode of the car 1 is changed from the manual driving mode to the forced automatic driving mode while the car 1 is running in the manual driving mode. The switching conditions for switching to, the operation details in the forced automatic operation mode, and the cancellation conditions for the forced automatic operation mode are stored in association with each other.
 この自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶される第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2は、予め、自動車1の製造会社や販売会社により書き込まれて記憶される。 The first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 are written and stored in advance by the manufacturer or sales company of the automobile 1. .
 また、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1の切替条件に関する情報は、自動車1のユーザ、すなわち、運転者や乗車者によるタッチパネル112を通じた所定の操作により、事後的に追加して書き込まれることで、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に追加記憶することもできるものとされている。そして、自動車1のユーザ、すなわち、運転者は、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1のいくつかの切替条件については、用いるかどうかを選択することもできるように構成されている。 In addition, information regarding the switching conditions of the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 is added and written afterwards by a predetermined operation through the touch panel 112 by the user of the automobile 1, that is, the driver or the rider. The automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 can be additionally stored. And it is comprised so that the user of the motor vehicle 1, ie, a driver | operator, can also select whether it uses about some switching conditions of 1st automatic driving | operation switching condition table TBL1.
 また、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2は、予め各自動車会社が設定して登録するようにしてもよいし、自動車業界が標準化しても、また、国土交通省が定めてもよい。この場合には、ユーザによる記憶内容の変更、消去は不可とされる。なお、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2は、携帯電話機能部119が備えるインターネットへの接続機能を用いて、自動車会社や国土交通省などのホームページから、最新の条件テーブルがアップデートされるようにしてもよい。なお、国土交通省は日本の官庁であるが、自動車1が走行する国の交通や運輸を統括する官庁のことと同様と考えればよい。例えば、米国の場合は、DOT(United States Department of Transportation;アメリカ合衆国運輸省)となる。 The first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 may be set and registered in advance by each automobile company, or standardized by the automobile industry, May be set by the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism. In this case, the user cannot change or delete the stored contents. In addition, the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 are used from homepages such as automobile companies and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism using the function of connecting to the Internet provided in the mobile phone function unit 119. The latest condition table may be updated. The Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism is a Japanese government office, but it may be considered the same as the government office that controls the transportation and transportation of the country where the automobile 1 runs. For example, in the case of the United States, it is DOT (United States States Department of Transportation).
 もちろん、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2は、交通法規等の関係で、各国毎や、同じ国内でも州(米国)や省(中国)、都道府県(日本)等の地域によって異なる場合がある。この場合、GPS衛星からの電波や携帯電話機能部119などで走行中の現在位置を検出し、その現在位置から判別される国や地域に基づいて、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2を切り替えるようにすることもできる。また、走行中の国や地域に対応して自動的に切り替えるのではなく、運転者や乗車者が、走行中の国や地域を特定して、その走行中の国や地域に応じた第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2を利用するようにしてもよい。 Of course, the first automatic driving switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 are related to traffic regulations, etc., in each country, even in the same country, the state (USA), the province (China), the prefecture ( Japan) and other regions. In this case, the current position during traveling is detected by radio waves from the GPS satellite, the mobile phone function unit 119, and the like, and based on the country and region determined from the current position, the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 and the first Alternatively, the automatic operation switching condition table TBL2 may be switched. Also, instead of automatically switching according to the country or region where the vehicle is traveling, the driver or the rider identifies the country or region where the vehicle is traveling, and the first corresponding to the country or region where the vehicle is traveling. The automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 and the second automatic operation switching condition table TBL2 may be used.
 なお、EU(European Union;欧州連合)などのように、複数国での走行が日常的に行われる場合は、自動車1は、走行が予定される全ての国における、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1及び第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2を、全ての国の識別情報と対応付けて、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に格納しておくとよい。これは国のみならず、地域においても同様である。 When traveling in multiple countries is performed on a daily basis, such as in the EU (European Union), the vehicle 1 is subject to the first automatic driving switching condition in all countries where traveling is planned. The table TBL1 and the second automatic driving switching condition table TBL2 may be stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 in association with the identification information of all countries. This is the same not only in the country but also in the region.
 図3~図5は、この実施形態における第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1の例である。図3~図5の例では、切替条件は、「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」、「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」、「運転者の居眠り」、「運転者又は乗車者の車酔い、吐き気等の体調不良」、「運転者又は乗車者の便意や尿意」、「過労運転」、「走行中(赤信号停止中、踏切などの一時停止も含む)の運転者の飲酒」、「運転者によるよそ見、わき見運転」、「運転者による飲食又は喫煙」、「運転環境の悪化」、「同乗する子供やペットの異常行動」、「運転者の運転の仕方、姿勢」、「運転者が運転に支障のある履物を履いている、又は履物を履いていない」などの、事故を招きやすい状態を回避して、安全運転を担保するための条件が例示されている。そして、それぞれの切替条件に対応して、切替後の自動運転モードや強制自動運転モードの指定、制御内容と、行先、自動運転モードの解除条件、のそれぞれが定められている。 3 to 5 are examples of the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1 in this embodiment. In the examples of FIGS. 3 to 5, the switching conditions are “change in health condition of driver or rider 1”, “change in health condition of driver or rider 2”, “sleeping of driver”, “driving” ”Poor physical condition such as car sickness or nausea of the driver or rider”, “convenience or urinary feeling of the driver or rider”, “overworked driving”, “running (including red light stop, temporary stop such as railroad crossings) "Drinking by the driver", "Driving by the driver, driving aside", "Drinking or smoking by the driver", "Deterioration of driving environment", "Abnormal behavior of children and pets riding together", "How to drive `` Attitude '', `` The driver is wearing footwear that interferes with driving or is not wearing footwear '', and conditions for ensuring safe driving by avoiding situations that are likely to cause accidents are exemplified ing. Corresponding to each switching condition, designation of the automatic operation mode and forced automatic operation mode after switching, control contents, destination, and cancellation conditions of the automatic operation mode are determined.
 なお、図3~図5に示した切替条件は、第1の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL1の内容の一部であり、その他予め定められた種々の切替条件が登録されていることは言うまでもない。 The switching conditions shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 are part of the contents of the first automatic operation switching condition table TBL1, and it goes without saying that various other predetermined switching conditions are registered.
 図3に示すように、例えば「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」についての切替条件としては、運転者又は乗車者が人事不省、前後不覚、失神、などの緊急事態が登録されている。自動運転切替条件判別部115では、この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」についての切替条件に合致しているか否かを、車内状況判定部117の判定結果を用いて判別する。車内状況判定部117は、運転者又は乗車者について、画像認識部114での画像認識により、人事不省、前後不覚、失神のような身体的な異変が起こった状態になっているかどうかを判定する。 As shown in FIG. 3, for example, as the switching condition for “change in health condition of driver or rider 1”, the driver or rider is registered with an emergency such as lack of personnel, lack of front and back, fainting, etc. ing. The automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115 discriminates whether or not the switching condition for the “change in health condition of the driver or the rider 1” is met by using the determination result of the in-vehicle situation determining unit 117. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether or not a driver or a passenger is in a state in which a physical abnormality such as a lack of personnel, an unforeseen loss, or a faint has occurred due to image recognition by the image recognition unit 114. To do.
 例えば、運転者の場合について説明する。例えば自動車1のバックミラー2の横に装着されたカメラ107群の中のカメラにより、運転者を撮影する。運転者に身体的な異変が生じていないときには、運転者の撮像画像は、運転者が目を開けて前方を注視し、ステアリングホイール(ハンドル)を操作している動きのある画像となる。一方、運転者に身体的な異変が生じて人事不省、前後不覚、失神の状態になると、運転者の撮像画像は、運転者が目を閉じ、顔が前方を注視せずに下向き(上向きの場合もある)となり、ぐったりして動かない画像となる。車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114からの認識結果から、上記のような運転者に発生した異変の状態を判定し、自動運転切替条件判別部115に伝達するようにする。なお、より精緻な医学的な画像認識をするために、画像情報記憶部134には医学的に特徴的かつ精緻な比較画像情報を豊富に記憶するようにしてもよい。 For example, the case of a driver will be described. For example, the driver is photographed by a camera in a group of cameras 107 mounted on the side of the rearview mirror 2 of the automobile 1. When there is no physical change in the driver, the captured image of the driver is an image with a movement in which the driver opens his eyes, looks ahead and operates the steering wheel (handle). On the other hand, when the driver experiences a physical change and is in a state of lack of personnel, loss of anteroposteriorness, or fainting, the driver's captured image is faced down without the driver's eyes closed and the face gazing forward (upward In some cases, the image becomes loose and does not move. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the abnormal state generated in the driver as described above from the recognition result from the image recognition unit 114 and transmits the determination to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115. In order to perform more precise medical image recognition, the image information storage unit 134 may store abundant medically characteristic and detailed comparative image information.
 自動運転切替条件判別部115は、この車内状況の判定結果を受けて、その判定結果と自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容とを照合することにより、「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」(図3参照)についての切替条件に合致することを判別する。 The automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115 receives the determination result of the in-vehicle situation, and collates the determination result with the stored content of the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 to obtain “the health condition of the driver or the rider”. It is determined that the switching condition for “abnormality 1” (see FIG. 3) is met.
 なお、以上の例は、画像認識部114の画像認識結果のみに基づいて判定することについて説明したが、この実施形態では、車内状況判定部117は、画像認識結果に加えて、音声認識部116での音声認識により、唸り声や呻き声、鼾(脳溢血(脳出血)などの場合)などを認識したことなども加味して、この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」を判定するようにする。これにより、車内状況判定部117における判定の確度を向上させることができる。 In the above example, the determination based on only the image recognition result of the image recognition unit 114 has been described. However, in this embodiment, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes the voice recognition unit 116 in addition to the image recognition result. This recognition of the driver's or rider's health condition 1 is made by taking into account the recognition of whispering voices, whispering voices, and phlegm (in cases of cerebral overflow (brain hemorrhage), etc.) Like that. Thereby, the accuracy of the determination in the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 can be improved.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、行先(目的地)としては、病院が指定される。この指定される病院としては、運転者等が予め選択指定していてもよいし、あるいは、自動運転モードへの切り替え時に選択指定するようにしてもよい。 The control content regarding the switching condition of this “change in the health condition of the driver or passenger 1” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. A hospital is designated as the destination (destination). The designated hospital may be selected and designated in advance by a driver or the like, or may be selected and designated when switching to the automatic operation mode.
 すなわち、特定の病院、例えばかかりつけの病院を指定することができる。その場合には、当該かかりつけの病院の病院名、住所、電話番号が自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶される。自動車1の制御部101は、携帯電話機能部119により、この病院の電話番号を用いて、当該病院に電話をかけ、自車の特徴や運転者の氏名などを告げ、急病人を連れてゆくことを病院に通知するようにする。このためのメッセージは、合成音声発生部121に予め記憶されている。なお、病院には、電話ではなく、メールで通知することもできる。また、急病人の病状を病院の医師らに正確に伝えるため、急病人の画像情報や音声情報を添付ファイルでメールするようにしてもよい。 That is, a specific hospital, for example, a family hospital can be designated. In that case, the hospital name, address, and telephone number of the family hospital are stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135. The control unit 101 of the automobile 1 uses the mobile phone function unit 119 to call the hospital using the telephone number of the hospital, tells the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, etc., and takes the suddenly ill person. Let the hospital know. A message for this purpose is stored in advance in the synthesized speech generator 121. The hospital can be notified by email instead of by phone. Further, in order to accurately convey the medical condition of the suddenly ill person to doctors in the hospital, the image information and voice information of the suddenly ill person may be emailed as an attached file.
 また、特定の病院ではなく、「現在位置に近い救急病院又は一般病院」のように目的地属性を記憶するようにすることもできる。行先として「現在位置に近い救急病院又は一般病院」のように目的地属性が指定されていてもよい。行先として「現在位置に近い救急病院又は一般病院」のように目的地属性が指定されている場合には、後述するように、カーナビ機能部113が、現在位置周辺の該当病院を周辺検索し、その周辺検索結果を行先とする。 Also, it is possible to store destination attributes such as “emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current location” instead of a specific hospital. A destination attribute may be designated as a destination such as “emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current position”. When the destination attribute is designated as “emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current position” as the destination, as will be described later, the car navigation function unit 113 searches for the corresponding hospital around the current position, The vicinity search result is the destination.
 その場合に、病院の電話番号を取得することができる場合には、前述と同様に、自動車1の制御部101は、携帯電話機能部119により、この病院の電話番号を用いて、当該病院に電話をかけ、自車の特徴や運転者の氏名などを告げ、急病人を連れてゆくことを病院に通知するようにする。また、前述と同様に、電話のみならず、メールやLINE等の通信アプリケーションで通知することもできる。さらに、急病人の画像情報や音声情報を添付ファイルでメールするようにしてもよい。 In this case, if the telephone number of the hospital can be acquired, the control unit 101 of the automobile 1 uses the telephone number of the hospital to call the hospital by the mobile phone function unit 119 as described above. Make a phone call, tell the car's characteristics and driver's name, and inform the hospital that you will be taking a sudden illness. Further, as described above, notification can be made not only by telephone but also by a communication application such as mail or LINE. Further, the image information and voice information of the suddenly ill person may be mailed as an attached file.
 また、この実施形態では、行先として特定の目的地や目的地属性を指定するのではなく、路肩等に停車して、119番通報することを選択することができるようにされている。この119番通報の場合には、自車の特徴や運転者の氏名、急病人が発生したこと、現在位置の場所名、住所などを合成音声発生部121から発生させて、119番通報内容に含めるようにする。 Further, in this embodiment, instead of designating a specific destination or destination attribute as a destination, it is possible to select stopping at a road shoulder or the like and making a 119 notification. In the case of the 119 report, the synthesized voice generating unit 121 generates the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, the occurrence of a sudden illness, the name of the current location, the address, etc. To include.
 なお、自動車1に各種医学情報(医療情報)や医学用データベース(図示せず)を内蔵する医学情報記憶部(図示せず)を備えるようにしてもよい。その場合に、医学情報記憶部には、脳内出血、くも膜下出血、脳梗塞、心筋梗塞、狭心症、その他各種疾病について、病名、症状、対処法などの医学情報が克明に記憶される。症状については、各種疾病において特有の、目の状態、顔の表情、発汗、痙攣などの画像情報や、鼾、呻き等の音声情報を記憶し、画像認識や音声認識で各種疾病を初期症状で迅速かつ正確に把握できるようにする。もちろん、画像情報は静止画のみならず動画も記憶される。したがって、異変1が起きた時、医学情報記憶部に記憶されている医学情報に基づいて、自動車1の制御内容、対処法、行先を決定するようにできる。 In addition, you may make it equip the motor vehicle 1 with the medical information storage part (not shown) which incorporates various medical information (medical information) and a medical database (not shown). In that case, medical information such as disease name, symptom, and coping method is clearly stored in the medical information storage unit for intracerebral hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, and other various diseases. As for symptoms, it stores image information such as eye condition, facial expression, sweating, convulsions, etc., and voice information such as wrinkles, whispering, etc. peculiar to various diseases. Be able to grasp quickly and accurately. Of course, image information stores not only still images but also moving images. Therefore, when an anomaly 1 occurs, it is possible to determine the control content, the countermeasure, and the destination of the automobile 1 based on the medical information stored in the medical information storage unit.
 すなわち、自動車1は、異変1が起きた時、病院への移動が適切なのか、移動せず路肩等に停車して、119番通報をし、救急車の到着を待つ方が適切なのかなどを判断する。病院への移動が適切な場合は、自動車1は、急病人に負荷のかからない最適な走行速度(例えば時速30km以下)を選択したり、カーナビ機能部113には、カーナビ用データベース133に道路の凹凸情報なども持たせ、急病人に極力振動を与えず、スムーズに走行できる最適なルートを、カーナビ機能部113から提供したりするようにすることもできる。また、この医学情報記憶部には、運転者又は乗車者の既往症や病歴などを記憶しておくと、異変1が起きた時に、より迅速かつ適切な対応ができる。 That is, if the car 1 is appropriate to move to the hospital when an anomaly 1 occurs, it is better to stop on the shoulder without moving and call 119 and wait for the arrival of the ambulance. to decide. When traveling to the hospital is appropriate, the car 1 selects an optimal traveling speed (for example, 30 km / h or less) that does not impose a burden on the suddenly ill person, or the car navigation function unit 113 stores the unevenness of the road in the car navigation database 133. It is also possible to provide information and the like from the car navigation function unit 113 to provide an optimal route that can travel smoothly without causing vibrations to the suddenly ill. In addition, if the medical information storage unit stores a medical history or medical history of a driver or a rider, a quicker and more appropriate response can be made when an anomaly 1 occurs.
 もちろん、疾病が特定された場合は、疾病の種類に基づいて、その専門医のいる病院、専門設備のある病院を行先とする。例えば、脳内出血、くも膜下出血、脳梗塞の場合は脳外科の専門医や専門設備、心筋梗塞、狭心症の場合は循環器や心臓の専門医や専門設備が揃っている病院を行先とする。 Of course, if a disease is identified, the destination is the hospital with the specialist or the hospital with specialized equipment based on the type of disease. For example, in the case of intracerebral hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage, or cerebral infarction, the department is a neurosurgeon specialist or specialized equipment, and in the case of myocardial infarction or angina pectoris, the hospital is equipped with cardiovascular or cardiac specialists or specialized equipment.
 なお、運転者又は乗車者が妊婦であって、陣痛が起きた場合、人事不省、前後不覚、失神などの状態ではないし、疾病でもないが、生命に関わる緊急事態であり、異変1に準ずる。この場合、自動車1は、妊婦のかかりつけの産婦人科、産科、又は産院を行先として向かい、妊婦が無事に出産ができるようにする。かかりつけの産婦人科、産科、又は産院が現在位置から遠く、出産に間に合わない可能性がある場合は、現在位置に近い産婦人科、産科、又は産院をカーナビ機能部113の周辺検索機能により検索し、検索できた産婦人科、産科、又は産院を行先として向かうようにする。妊婦が破水した場合も同様で、かかりつけ又は最寄りの産婦人科、産科、又は産院を行先とする。 If the driver or rider is a pregnant woman and labor pains occur, it is not a state of personnel refusal, anteroposterior fainting, fainting, or illness, but it is a life-threatening emergency and conforms to Incident 1. . In this case, the automobile 1 heads for the pregnant woman's family gynecology department, obstetrics department, or maternity hospital so that the pregnant woman can give birth safely. If your obstetrics / gynecology department, maternity department or maternity hospital is far from the current position and there is a possibility that it may not be in time for childbirth, search for the gynecology department, obstetrics department or maternity hospital near your current position using the search function in the car navigation function unit 113 Then, the searched gynecology department, obstetrics department or maternity hospital is set as the destination. The same applies when a pregnant woman breaks the water.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変1」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」又は「救急車が到着」したときとされる。 The forced automatic driving mode cancellation condition corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or passenger 1” is set to “arrival at destination” or “arrival of ambulance”.
 次に、図3の「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」についての切替条件としては、運転者又は乗車者が人事不省、前後不覚、失神などの状態にまでは至っていないが、痙攣や喘息の発作、嘔吐などで手動運転が困難な身体的な異変が登録されている。車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114での画像認識結果と、音声認識部116での音声認識結果とを用いて、この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」を判定するようにする。 Next, as a switching condition for “change in health condition of driver or rider 2” in FIG. 3, the driver or rider has not yet reached a state of lack of personnel, lack of front and back, fainting, Physical abnormalities that are difficult to drive manually due to seizures, asthma attacks, and vomiting are registered. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 uses the image recognition result in the image recognition unit 114 and the voice recognition result in the voice recognition unit 116 to determine this “change 2 in the health condition of the driver or the rider”. To.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされると共に、身体的な異変が生じても運転者又は乗車者は覚醒していることを考慮して、この実施形態では、運転者又は乗車者に対する行先の問い合わせとされている。そして、行先としては、「自宅(住所や位置情報を含む)」、「病院(病院名や住所や位置情報を含む)」、「路肩等に停車する」を、運転者等が予め選択指定していてもよいし、あるいは、自動運転モードへの切り替え時に選択指定するようにしてもよい。また、この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」したときとされる。 The control content for the switching condition of “change in the health condition of the driver or the rider 2” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode, and the driver or the rider is awakened even if a physical change occurs. In this embodiment, the destination is inquired to the driver or the rider. As destinations, the driver or the like selects and designates “home (including address and location information)”, “hospital (including hospital name, address and location information)”, and “stop on the shoulder”. Alternatively, it may be selected and specified when switching to the automatic operation mode. In addition, the release condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or rider 2” is set to “arrival at destination”.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」の切替条件に合致したときには、自動運転切替条件判別部115の合致結果に基づき、制御部101は、例えば「大丈夫ですか?」という合成音声メッセージを送出して、安否を尋ねると共に、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に行先が事前登録されているときであっても、後述するように、「行先を登録地にしますか?」との問い合わせをして行先(目的地)を変更することができるようにする。これは、事前登録では「自宅」や「路肩等に停車」が選定されていても、身体的な異変の程度から病院に行くべきと運転者又は乗車者が判断する場合を考慮している。なお、この実施形態では、「路肩等に停車」が事前登録されている場合には、「119番通報しますか?」という問い合わせを行うようにすることが定められている。 When the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or passenger 2” is met, based on the matching result of the automatic driving switching condition discriminating unit 115, the control unit 101, for example, the synthesized voice “is it all right?” A message is sent to ask about safety, and even if the destination is pre-registered in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, an inquiry “Do you want to make the destination a registered place?” As will be described later. To change the destination (destination). This takes into account the case where the driver or the rider decides that he / she should go to the hospital from the degree of physical change even if “home” or “stop on the shoulder” is selected in the pre-registration. In this embodiment, when “stop on the shoulder” is registered in advance, it is stipulated that an inquiry “Do you want to call 119?” Is made.
 行先が事前登録されていないときには、後述するように、自動運転モードへの切り替え時に、「自宅に戻りますか?」、「病院に向かいますか?」、「停車しますか?」などの行先(目的地)の問い合わせメッセージを合成音声により発生し、それぞれのメッセージに対する「はい」、「いいえ」などの運転者又は乗車者の返事を音声認識して、その認識結果に応じて行先を定めるようにする。 When the destination is not registered in advance, as will be described later, when switching to the automatic operation mode, destinations such as “Do you want to return home?”, “Do you want to go to the hospital?”, “Do you want to stop?” (Destination) inquiry message is generated by synthesized voice, and the driver or rider's reply such as “Yes”, “No” etc. is recognized by voice, and the destination is determined according to the recognition result To.
 さらに、この実施形態では、「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」の切替条件に対応する行先として、事前登録がなく、かつ、合成音声による問い合わせに対する応答がなかったときには、制御部101は、危険な状態と判断して、現在位置に近い救急病院又は一般病院をカーナビ機能部113の周辺検索機能により検索し、検索できた病院を目的地として当該病院に向かうようにする。なお、この場合に、病院が検索できなかったときには、路肩等に停車して、119番通報するようにする。119番通報においては、前述と同様に、自車の特徴や運転者の氏名、急病人が発生したこと、現在位置の場所名、住所などを合成音声発生部121から発生させて、119番通報内容に含めるようにする。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, when there is no pre-registration as a destination corresponding to the switching condition of “change in health condition of driver or rider 2”, and there is no response to the inquiry by synthetic voice, the control unit 101 Is determined to be in a dangerous state, and an emergency hospital or a general hospital close to the current position is searched by the peripheral search function of the car navigation function unit 113, and the searched hospital is headed to the hospital. In this case, if the hospital cannot be searched, the vehicle stops on the shoulder or the like, and 119 is notified. In the case of 119 notification, as described above, the synthesized voice generator 121 generates the 119 notification by generating the characteristics of the vehicle, the name of the driver, the occurrence of a sudden illness, the name of the current location, the address, etc. Include in the content.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の健康状態の異変2」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」又は「救急車が到着」したときとされる。 The forced automatic driving mode canceling condition corresponding to the switching condition of “driver or passenger health condition change 2” is “arrival at destination” or “arrival of ambulance”.
 なお、異変2が起きた時についても、上述の異変1と同様、医学情報記憶部(図示せず)に記憶されている医学情報に基づいて、自動車1の制御内容、対処法、行先を決定するようにできることはもちろんである。 Note that when an anomaly 2 occurs, the control contents, countermeasures, and destination of the automobile 1 are determined based on the medical information stored in the medical information storage unit (not shown) as in the above-described anomaly 1. Of course you can do that.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者の居眠り」について説明する。この場合、車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114での運転者3を撮影するカメラ107aの撮影画像の画像認識により、瞼が一定時間以上閉じたままの状態や、頭のコックリコックリなどを認識することにより、運転者の居眠りの状況を判定するようにする。 Next, the switching condition “driver's snoozing” will be described. In this case, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 recognizes the state in which the eyelid remains closed for a certain period of time, the head cockle cockle, or the like by the image recognition of the camera 107a that captures the driver 3 in the image recognition unit 114. By recognizing, the driver's sleep state is determined.
 この「運転者の居眠り」の切替条件についての制御内容は、通常自動運転モードへの切り替えとされると共に、運転者を覚醒させるための呼びかけ音声(合成音声)、あるいはアラーム音やブザーの送出とされる。呼びかけ音声やアラーム音、ブザーにより、運転者が覚醒する状態に復帰することが期待できるからである。なお、呼びかけ音声等の代わりに、あるいは加えて、座席に振動を加えるようにしてもよい。 The control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's dozing” is to switch to the normal automatic driving mode, and to send a call voice (synthetic voice) or alarm sound or buzzer to wake up the driver. Is done. This is because it can be expected that the driver is awakened by the calling voice, the alarm sound, and the buzzer. Note that vibration may be applied to the seat instead of or in addition to the calling voice.
 この「運転者の居眠り」の切替条件に対する行先(目的地)としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされる。ただし、呼びかけ音声等又は振動によっても覚醒しない場合(画像認識から判断できる)には、居眠りではなく、身体的トラブルあるいは精神的なトラブルが予想されるため、カーナビ機能部113の周辺検索機能により検索して得られる、現在位置に近い救急病院又は一般病院を行先(目的地)とする。さらに、周辺検索で病院が見つからなかった場合には、路肩等に停車して、前述したような所定の通知事項を含めた119番通報をする。 The destination (destination) for the switching condition of the “driver's sleep” is the set destination when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel. However, if the user is not awakened by calling voice or vibration (can be judged from image recognition), a physical trouble or a mental trouble is expected instead of falling asleep. The destination (destination) is an emergency hospital or general hospital close to the current position. Further, if the hospital is not found by the peripheral search, the vehicle stops on the shoulder or the like, and the 119th report including the predetermined notification items as described above is sent.
 この「運転者の居眠り」の切替条件に対応する通常自動運転モードの解除条件は、自動運転モードへの切り替え時に決定された行先(目的地)が「事前設定した目的地」の場合には「手動運転操作」とされ、行先が病院等のその他の場合には「行先に到着」したときとされる。 The cancellation condition of the normal automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of the “driver's drowsiness” is “when the destination (destination) determined at the time of switching to the automatic driving mode is“ preset destination ”. In other cases such as a hospital, the destination is “arrived at the destination”.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者又は乗車者の車酔い、吐き気等の体調不良」について説明する。この場合、車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114での運転者又は乗車者の撮影画像の画像認識結果と、「気持ちが悪い」、「車に酔った」、「むかむかする」、「吐きそう」、「うっ」、「げぇー」などの音声認識部116での音声認識結果とから、「運転者又は乗車者の車酔い、吐き気等の体調不良」の状況を判定するようにする。 Next, a description will be given of the switching condition “physical sickness of driver or rider, nausea, etc.”. In this case, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 performs the image recognition result of the photographed image of the driver or the rider in the image recognition unit 114, “bad feeling”, “drunk in the car”, “pauses”, “spit” From the speech recognition results of the speech recognition unit 116 such as “Yes”, “Uh”, “Gee”, etc., the situation of “bad physical condition such as driver sickness or nausea” is determined. .
 この「運転者又は乗車者の車酔い、吐き気等の体調不良」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、行先としては、現在位置が高速道路上であれば、最寄りのPA(パーキングエリア)やSA(サービスエリア)とされ、現在位置が一般道であれば「路肩に寄せて停車」とされる。なお、「自宅に戻る」を行先として登録することもできる。また、この「運転者又は乗車者の車酔い、吐き気等の体調不良」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」したときとされる。 “The control content regarding the switching condition of the“ physical sickness such as driver's or passenger's sickness and nausea ”is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode. The destination is the nearest PA (parking area) or SA (service area) if the current position is on the highway, and “stops on the shoulder” if the current position is a general road. . “Return to home” can be registered as a destination. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “the poor condition of the driver or the passenger such as car sickness and nausea” is assumed to be “arriving at the destination”.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者又は乗車者の便意や尿意」について説明する。この場合、車内状況判定部117は、画像認識部114での運転者又は乗車者の撮影画像の画像認識により、運転者又は乗車者がもぞもぞしている様子を判定すると共に、「トイレ」、「もれそう」、などの発声の音声認識部116での音声認識結果とから、「運転者又は乗車者の便意や尿意」の状況を判定するようにする。 Next, the switching condition “driver's or passenger's convenience and urine” will be described. In this case, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the driver or the rider is striking through image recognition of the captured image of the driver or the rider in the image recognition unit 114, and “toilet”, “ From the speech recognition result in the speech recognition unit 116 of the utterance such as “Looks like”, the situation of “the driver's or the rider's convenience and urine” is determined.
 この「運転者又は乗車者の便意や尿意」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、行先としては、現在位置が高速道路上であれば、最寄りのPA(パーキングエリア)やSA(サービスエリア)とされ、現在位置が一般道であれば、最寄りの「コンビニ」や「ガソリンスタンド」等のトイレのある場所とされる。このトイレのある場所は、「コンビニ」や「ガソリンスタンド」等の目的地の属性により事前登録することができる。また、この「運転者又は乗車者の便意や尿意」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」したときとされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's or rider's convenience or urine” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode. The destination is the nearest PA (parking area) or SA (service area) if the current location is on the expressway, and the nearest “convenience store” or “gas station” if the current location is a general road. It is said to be a place with toilets. The place where the toilet is located can be pre-registered by the attribute of the destination such as “convenience store” or “gas station”. In addition, the condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “the driver's or passenger's convenience or urine” is set to be “arriving at the destination”.
 次に、切替条件の「過労運転」について説明する。この場合の切替条件は、3種の条件のいずれかとされている。第1の条件は、一人の運転者が連続して、所定時間以上、例えば2時間以上、運転を継続したこととされる。第2の条件は、一人の運転者についての1日の総運転時間が所定時間以上、例えば5時間以上となったこととされる。第3の条件は、一人の運転者が運転している状態で、1日の手動運転モードと自動運転モードとの間での切替回数が所定回数以上、例えば20回以上となったこととされる。以上のような3種の条件のいずれかが満足される状況は、運転者が過労のために、安全な運転に支障が生じる恐れがあることを考慮したものである。なお、過労の判定条件は上述の3種の条件に限らず、カメラ群107のカメラで撮影した運転者の顔の表情を画像認識し、疲労した表情か否かを判定したり、運転者の生体計測をし、その計測値から過労度合いを判定してもよい。 Next, the “overworked driving” switching condition will be described. The switching condition in this case is one of three conditions. The first condition is that a single driver continues to drive for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 2 hours or longer. The second condition is that the total driving time per day for one driver is not less than a predetermined time, for example, not less than 5 hours. The third condition is that the number of times of switching between the manual operation mode and the automatic operation mode of the day is a predetermined number of times or more, for example, 20 times or more while one driver is driving. The The situation in which any of the above three conditions is satisfied takes into consideration that the driver may overwork and may cause trouble in safe driving. Note that the overwork determination condition is not limited to the above three conditions, and the facial expression of the driver photographed with the camera of the camera group 107 is image-recognized to determine whether the driver is tired or not. You may measure a living body and determine the degree of overwork from the measured value.
 車内状況判定部117は、時計部120からの時間情報により、一人の運転者が連続して2時間以上、運転を継続したか、また、総運転時間が5時間を超えたかを判別することで、第1の条件又は第2の条件の切替条件の車内状況になったことを判定する。また、車内状況判定部117は、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104からの手動運転モードと自動運転モードとの間での切替の情報を受け取り、その回数を計数することで、一人の運転者が運転している状態で、1日の手動運転モードと自動運転モードとの間での切替回数が20回以上となったことを判別することで、第3の条件の切替条件の車内状況になったことを判定する。 The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether one driver has continued driving for 2 hours or more continuously and whether the total driving time exceeds 5 hours based on time information from the clock unit 120. Then, it is determined that the in-vehicle situation of the switching condition of the first condition or the second condition has been reached. In addition, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 receives information on switching between the manual operation mode and the automatic operation mode from the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104, and counts the number of times, thereby allowing one driver. In the state where the vehicle is driving, it is determined that the number of times of switching between the manual driving mode and the automatic driving mode of the day is 20 times or more, so that the in-vehicle situation of the switching condition of the third condition is obtained. Judge that it has become.
 この「過労運転」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、この「過労運転」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。そして、この「過労運転」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」したときとされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of this “overworked driving” is the switching to the forced automatic driving mode. As a destination for the switching condition of the “overworked driving”, when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination must be set in advance. For example, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode. The release condition of the forced automatic operation mode corresponding to this “overworked driving” switching condition is set to “arriving at the destination”.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者の飲酒」について説明する。この場合、車内状況判定部117は、センサ群108に含まれる呼気センサによる運転者の呼気に含まれるアルコール濃度の検出結果から、「運転者の飲酒」の車内状況の判定を行う。また、自動車1の車内において、運転者が飲料を飲んでいるときの画像を画像認識部114で画像認識し、飲んでいる又は保持している飲料のボトルや瓶、缶が、ビール、日本酒、ワイン、ウィスキー、カクテル、焼酎などのアルコール飲料のものであるかどうかを認識し、その認識結果を受けた車内状況判定部117が、「運転者の飲酒」の車内状況の判定を行うようにする。 Next, the “driver's drinking” switching condition will be described. In this case, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the in-vehicle situation of “driving by the driver” from the detection result of the alcohol concentration contained in the expiration of the driver by the expiration sensor included in the sensor group 108. In addition, in the vehicle 1, the image recognition unit 114 recognizes an image when the driver is drinking a drink, and the bottle, bottle, or can of the drink that is being held or held is beer, sake, Recognizing whether the drink is an alcoholic drink such as wine, whiskey, cocktail, shochu, etc., the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 that receives the recognition result determines the in-vehicle situation of “driver's drinking”. .
 この「運転者の飲酒」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、この「運転者の飲酒」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1が走行中(赤信号停止中、踏切などの一時停止も含む)であれば、走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。なお、自動車1が駐車場や車庫などで停止状態であれば、「発進せず」としてもよいし、走行開始時に設定された目的地とするようにしてもよい。そして、この「運転者の飲酒」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」、あるいは、「切替条件の消滅」とされる。切替条件の消滅は、呼気センサでの運転者の呼気のアルコール濃度が所定値以下となった時、あるいは、飲酒状態から正常状態に戻るとされる時間、例えば8時間経過後とされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of the “driver's drinking” is the switching to the forced automatic driving mode. As a destination for the switching condition of “driving by the driver”, if the vehicle 1 is running (when the red light is stopped, including a temporary stop such as a railroad crossing), the destination is set at the start of running. In this case, the destination is set, and if the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the passenger in response to an inquiry when switching to the automatic driving mode. The If the automobile 1 is stopped in a parking lot or a garage, it may be “do not start” or may be a destination set at the start of traveling. Then, the cancellation condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's drinking” is “arrival at the destination” or “disappearance of the switching condition”. The disappearance of the switching condition is when the alcohol concentration of the driver's exhalation at the exhalation sensor becomes a predetermined value or less, or after the elapse of time, for example, 8 hours after returning from the drinking state to the normal state.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者のよそ見・わき見」について説明する。この実施形態では、運転者によるよそ見やわき見が所定時間以上、例えば1分以上続くことが、切替条件とされる。車内状況判定部117は、カメラによる運転者の撮影画像の画像認識結果により、運転者がきょろきょろとしている状態の1分以上の継続と、その視線の方向とから、運転者のよそ見、わき見の車内状況を判定するようにする。運転者がきょろきょろとしている状態の1分以上の継続と、その視線の方向を考慮することにより、運転中の安全のための左右確認によるきょろきょろと区別して判定することができる。 Next, the switching condition “driver's looking away / sideways” will be described. In this embodiment, the switching condition is that the driver's look-ahead or side-view continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 1 minute or longer. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the driver is looking aside or looking aside from the continuation of the driver for about 1 minute and the direction of the line of sight based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera. Try to determine the situation. By considering the continuation of the state of the driver for more than 1 minute and the direction of the line of sight, it is possible to make a distinction from the point of the left-right confirmation for driving safety.
 なお、よそ見・わき見の発生しやすいシチュエーションは、以下のようなものが考えられる。
・名所・旧跡・絶景(紅葉など含む)の場所。このような場所では運転者もそれら景観や景色を見たくなり、ついつい、よそ見やわき見をしてしまい、手動運転モードでは安全性の確保ができなくなる恐れがある。
・非日常のイベント、例えばお祭りの神輿、花火、新装開店セール、など。このようなイベントは運転者も見たくなり、ついついよそ見やわき見をしてしまい、手動運転モードでは安全性の確保ができなくなる恐れがある。
・有名人、例えば著名な芸能人やスポーツ選手、また最近話題の人物など。このような有名人は運転者もつい見たくなり、ついついよそ見やわき見をしてしまい、手動運転モードでは安全性の確保ができなくなる恐れがある。
In addition, the following situations are likely to occur.
・ Locations of places of interest, historic sites, and superb views (including autumn leaves). In such a place, the driver also wants to see the scenery and scenery, and then looks aside and looks aside, and there is a risk that safety cannot be ensured in the manual operation mode.
・ Extraordinary events such as festival shrines, fireworks, new store sales, etc. Such an event also makes the driver want to see it, and looks at it or looks aside, and there is a risk that safety cannot be ensured in the manual operation mode.
-Celebrities, such as famous celebrities and athletes, and recently discussed people. Such a celebrity also wants to see the driver, and looks and looks aside, and there is a risk that safety cannot be ensured in the manual operation mode.
 以上のようなシチュエーションを考慮して、車内状況判定部117は、カーナビ機能部113の周辺検索機能による名所・旧跡・絶景(紅葉など含む)の場所の検出を、上記の画像認識によるきょろきょろの状態の検出に加えて、「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の車内状況の判定をするようにすることができる。また、車内状況判定部117は、携帯電話機能部119を通じてインターネットにアクセスして、現在位置周辺におけるイベントの情報を検索し、上記のお祭り、花火、新装開店セールなどのイベントの開催の検出結果を、上記の画像認識によるきょろきょろの状態の検出に加えて、「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の車内状況の判定をするようにすることができる。さらに、画像情報記憶部134に、著名な芸能人やスポーツ選手、また最近話題の人物などの画像情報を記憶しておくことで、自動車1の外部を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像情報と、それらの人物の画像情報ととから、画像認識部114で、上記の著名な芸能人やスポーツ選手、また最近話題の人物の検出結果を、上記の画像認識によるきょろきょろの状態の検出に加えて、「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の車内状況の判定をするようにすることができる。 In consideration of the situation as described above, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 detects the location of a famous place / historic site / superb view (including autumn leaves) by the vicinity search function of the car navigation function unit 113, and performs the above-described image recognition based on the above-described image recognition. In addition to the detection of the above, it is possible to determine the in-vehicle situation of “driver's looking away and aside”. In addition, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 accesses the Internet through the mobile phone function unit 119, searches for information on events around the current position, and detects detection results of events such as festivals, fireworks, and new store opening sales. Further, in addition to the detection of the mental state by the above-described image recognition, it is possible to determine the in-vehicle situation of “driver's looking away and sideways”. Furthermore, by storing image information such as famous celebrities, athletes, and recently-talked-about people in the image information storage unit 134, captured image information from a camera that captures the outside of the automobile 1, and their information From the image information of the person, the image recognition unit 114 adds the detection results of the above-mentioned famous celebrities, athletes, and recently-talked-about persons to the above-mentioned detection of the state of the heart by the above-mentioned image recognition. It is possible to determine the in-vehicle situation of “seeing away, seeing”.
 この「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、この「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of “driver's looking away and aside” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. Then, as a destination for the switching condition of “driver's look-aside and side-view”, when a destination is set at the start of driving of the automobile 1, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If not set, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode is set.
 なお、運転者に、合成音声メッセージにより立ち寄るかどうかを問い合わせて、その回答が肯定であるときには、周辺検索で検出された当該名所・旧跡や、インターネット検索で検出されたイベント会場等を行先として提示し、運転者に、その名所・旧跡を目的地とするかどうかを決定させるようにしてもよい。又は、見物のために、路肩等に停車するようにしてもよい。 The driver is asked whether to stop by a synthesized voice message, and if the answer is affirmative, the destination, such as the sights / historic sites detected in the surrounding search, the event venue detected in the Internet search, etc. are presented as the destination. Then, the driver may be allowed to determine whether or not the landmark / historic site is the destination. Or you may make it stop on a road shoulder etc. for a viewing.
 そして、この「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「行先に到着」、あるいは、「切替条件の消滅」とされる。切替条件の消滅は、「運転者のよそ見、わき見」の状態が無くなってから所定時間例えば5分経過後とされる。あるいは、当該「運転者のよそ見、わき見」が発生した場所から所定距離、例えば500メートル以上離れた時としてもよい。 And the release condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's looking away and aside” is “arrival at destination” or “disappearance of switching condition”. The disappearance of the switching condition is made after a predetermined time, for example, 5 minutes elapses after the state of “driver's looking away, aside” disappears. Alternatively, it may be a predetermined distance, for example, 500 meters or more away from the place where the “driver's looking aside or sidewalk” occurs.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」について説明する。この実施形態では、運転者による飲食又は喫煙が所定時間以上、例えば3分以上続くことが、切替条件とされる。車内状況判定部117は、カメラによる運転者の撮影画像の画像認識結果により、運転者が飲食又は喫煙している状態を判定し、時計部120の時間情報に基づいて、その状態が3分以上続いたか否かにより、「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」の車内状況を判定するようにする。運転者による3分未満の短時間での飲食や喫煙は、手動運転への支障の程度が許容できる程度としている。 Next, the switching condition “driver's eating and drinking or smoking” will be described. In this embodiment, the switching condition is that eating or drinking or smoking by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 3 minutes or longer. The vehicle interior state determination unit 117 determines a state in which the driver is eating or drinking or smoking based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera, and the state is 3 minutes or more based on the time information of the clock unit 120. The in-vehicle situation of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is determined depending on whether or not it has continued. Eating, drinking and smoking in a short period of less than 3 minutes by the driver are considered to be acceptable for manual driving.
 この場合、画像認識部114では、カメラによる運転者の撮影画像中に含まれる、おにぎり、サンドイッチ、お弁当、お菓子、アイスクリーム、水、お茶、コーヒー等を認識することで、運転者の飲食を認定することができるし、運転者が手に持つものがたばこであれば、運転者の喫煙の状態を認識することができる。ただし、この実施形態では、この「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」の切替条件については、当該切替条件に合致したときに、自動運転になってもよいという運転者からの意思表示を受け付けるようにしており、その肯定的な意思表示が設定されている場合のみ、この切替条件が有効とされる。 In this case, the image recognizing unit 114 recognizes rice balls, sandwiches, lunch boxes, sweets, ice cream, water, tea, coffee, etc. included in the driver's captured image by the camera, so that the driver's eating and drinking If the driver has a cigarette in his hand, the driver's smoking status can be recognized. However, in this embodiment, regarding the switching condition of “driver's eating and drinking or smoking”, an intention display from the driver that automatic driving may be accepted when the switching condition is met is accepted. The switching condition is valid only when the positive intention display is set.
 この「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、この「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. Then, as a destination for the switching condition of “driver's eating and drinking or smoking”, when the destination is set when the automobile 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If not set, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode is set.
 そして、この「運転者の飲食又は喫煙」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「飲食又は喫煙の終了」、すなわち、「切替条件の消滅」とされる。 And the cancellation condition of the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “driver's eating, drinking or smoking” is “end of eating or drinking or smoking”, that is, “disappearance of switching condition”.
 次に、切替条件の「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」について説明する。この実施形態では、運転中の周辺環境が、逆光の状態、薄暮(日没)の状態、悪天候(雨、雪等)で、運転者が周囲を見づらくなる状態が、切替条件とされる。車内状況判定部117は、外部を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像や温度センサ、湿度センサのセンサ検出出力に基づいて、この「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」の車内状況を判定するようにする。なお、車内状況判定部117は、運転者が声を出して「見づらい」「運転しづらい」等と叫んだことを音声認識部116で音声認識した結果を、併せて用いて、この「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」を判定するようにしてもよい。 Next, the switching condition “deterioration of ambient environment during operation” will be described. In this embodiment, the switching condition is that the surrounding environment during driving is a backlight, a dusk (sunset) state, bad weather (rain, snow, etc.), and the driver is difficult to see the surroundings. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines the in-vehicle situation of “deterioration of the surrounding environment during driving” based on a photographed image from a camera that images the outside, a sensor detection output of a temperature sensor, and a humidity sensor. In addition, the in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 uses the result of voice recognition by the voice recognition unit 116 that the driver shouts out loud, such as “difficult to see” and “difficult to drive”. The deterioration of the surrounding environment ”may be determined.
 この「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。なお、強制自動運転モードではなく、通常自動運転モードとしてもよい。そして、この「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に設定された目的地とされる。 The control content for the switching condition of “deterioration of ambient environment during driving” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. The normal automatic operation mode may be used instead of the forced automatic operation mode. The destination set for the switching condition of “deterioration of ambient environment during driving” is the destination set at the start of traveling of the automobile 1.
 そして、この「運転中の周囲環境の悪化」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、運転中の周囲環境が好転したなどの「切替条件の消滅」とされる。 And the cancellation condition of the forced automatic operation mode corresponding to the switching condition of “deterioration of the surrounding environment during driving” is “disappearance of the switching condition” such as an improvement of the surrounding environment during driving.
 次に、切替条件の「子供、ペットの行動」について説明する。この実施形態では、子供や赤ちゃんが、車内で危険な行動、例えば、座席から落ちるなどの行動をしたり、突然泣き出したりすると、運転者が気になって、その方向に振り向いたりするため、手動運転モードでは安全性の確保ができなくなる恐れがあることを考慮する。また、ペットの行動、例えば排泄行動や吠え声についても同様である。また、子供やペットが運転者の間近や運転席にいる場合も運転者が運転に集中できないため同様である。言うまでもないが、運転席に運転者がおらず、子供やペットしかいない場合は尚更危険である。そこで、この実施形態では、これらの「子供、ペットの行動」を切替条件としている。 Next, the switching condition “children / pet behaviors” will be described. In this embodiment, if a child or baby takes a dangerous action in the car, such as falling from the seat or suddenly crying, the driver is worried and turns in that direction. Take into consideration that safety may not be ensured in manual operation mode. The same applies to pet behavior such as excretion behavior and barking. The same applies to the case where a child or a pet is near the driver or in the driver's seat because the driver cannot concentrate on driving. Needless to say, it is even more dangerous if there are no drivers in the driver's seat and only children and pets. Therefore, in this embodiment, these “children and pet actions” are set as switching conditions.
 車内状況判定部117は、運転者(運転席)や乗車者を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像の画像認識結果と、音声認識部116での音声認識結果としての上記の子供の泣き声、落下音、ペットの吠え声とから、上記の切替条件の「子供、ペットの行動」を判定するようにする。 The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 includes an image recognition result of a captured image from a camera that captures a driver (driver's seat) and a passenger, and the above-mentioned child cry, falling sound as a voice recognition result in the voice recognition unit 116, From the pet bark, the “switching behavior of the child, pet” in the above switching condition is determined.
 この「子供、ペットの行動」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。そして、この「子供、ペットの行動」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The control content regarding the switching condition of “children and pets” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. As a destination for the switching condition of “children and pets”, if the destination is set when the car 1 starts to travel, the destination is set and the destination is set in advance. If not, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode.
 そして、この「子供、ペットの行動」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、子供やペットの状態が通常に戻る(子供やペットが運転者の間近や運転席から離れることも含む)などの「切替条件の消滅」とされる。 The condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “children and pets” is that the state of the child or pet returns to normal (the child or pet may be close to the driver or away from the driver's seat. It is assumed that the switching condition disappears.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者による片手運転、手放し運転」について説明する。この実施形態では、運転者による片手運転の状態が継続して所定時間以上、例えば2分以上続くこと、又は運転者による手放し運転の状態が継続して所定時間以上、例えば10秒以上続くことが、切替条件とされる。車内状況判定部117は、カメラによる運転者の撮影画像の画像認識結果により、運転者が片手運転又は手放し運転している状態を判定し、時計部120の時間情報に基づいて、その状態が2分以上継続、あるいは10秒以上継続したか否かにより、「運転者による片手運転、手放し運転」の車内状況を判定するようにする。 Next, the switching condition “one-handed operation and free-running operation by the driver” will be described. In this embodiment, the state of the one-handed driving by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 2 minutes or longer, or the state of the hands-free driving by the driver continues for a predetermined time or longer, for example, 10 seconds or longer. , A switching condition. The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines a state in which the driver is driving one hand or releasing it based on the image recognition result of the driver's captured image by the camera, and the state is 2 based on the time information of the clock unit 120. The in-vehicle situation of “one-handed driving by the driver, free-running driving” is determined depending on whether or not it has continued for more than a minute or more than 10 seconds.
 この「運転者による片手運転、手放し運転」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。なお、この時、運転者に対しては、「片手運転、手放し運転は、危険であるため、自動運転モードに切り替えました」などという音声メッセージ、あるいはアラーム音やブザーをスピーカ138から放音して、運転者に注意を喚起するようにする。 The control content regarding the switching condition of “one-handed driving and free-running driving by the driver” is switching to the forced automatic driving mode. At this time, the driver emits a voice message from the speaker 138, such as “One-handed driving or hand-off driving is dangerous, so it has been switched to the automatic driving mode”, or an alarm sound or buzzer. To alert the driver.
 そして、この「運転者による片手運転、手放し運転」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に設定された目的地とされる。また、この「運転者による片手運転、手放し運転」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、運転者が片手運転や手放し運転を止めて、「運転者の運転姿勢が正しいものとなった時」とされる。 Then, the destination set for the switching condition of “one-hand driving by the driver, hand-off driving” is the destination set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel. In addition, the forced automatic operation mode release condition corresponding to the switching condition of “one-handed driving and free-running by the driver” is that the driver stops single-handed driving and free-running driving, and the driver's driving posture is correct. It is said to be when.
 次に、切替条件の「運転者の履物が不適切」について説明する。この実施形態では、運転者の履物が、例えば、下駄、スリッパ、ハイヒールなど、運転を誤るおそれのある履物であったり、履物を履かない裸足であったりして、運転に不適切のものである場合が切替条件とされる。 Next, the switching condition “driver's footwear is inappropriate” will be explained. In this embodiment, the driver's footwear is unsuitable for driving, for example, clogs, slippers, high heels, etc. The case is a switching condition.
 車内状況判定部117は、カメラによる運転者の撮影画像中の履物(又は足)の画像認識結果により、履物が下駄、スリッパ、ハイヒールなどの不適切なものかどうか、又は裸足のような不適切な状態かどうかを判定する。 The in-vehicle situation determination unit 117 determines whether the footwear is inappropriate such as clogs, slippers, high heels, or inappropriate such as bare feet, based on the image recognition result of the footwear (or feet) in the photographed image of the driver by the camera. It is determined whether or not
 この「運転者の履物が不適切」の切替条件についての制御内容は、強制自動運転モードへの切り替えとされる。なお、この時、運転者に対しては、「履物が運転に不適切であるので、履物を交換してください」あるいは「裸足は運転に不適切なので、靴を履いてください」という合成音声メッセージを送出し、履物の交換や着用を警告するようにする。 制 御 The control content for the switching condition of “unsuitable driver's footwear” is to switch to the forced automatic driving mode. At this time, a synthetic voice message is displayed to the driver saying "Shoes are inappropriate for driving, so please replace them" or "Please wear shoes because barefoot is inappropriate for driving." To warn of changing or wearing footwear.
 そして、この「運転者の履物が不適切」の切替条件に対する行先としては、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。また、この「運転者の履物が不適切」の切替条件に対応する強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、運転者が履物を適切なものに交換し、あるいは着用して、切替条件が消滅したときとされる。 As a destination for the switching condition of “inappropriate driver's footwear”, when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set, and the destination is set in advance. If it is not set to, the destination set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the automatic driving mode. The condition for canceling the forced automatic driving mode corresponding to the switching condition of “Inappropriate driver's footwear” is that the switching condition disappears when the driver exchanges or wears the appropriate footwear. It is said.
 なお、以上説明した自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容は、切替条件、切替後の強制自動運転内容、解除条件のそれぞれを、対応する処理プログラムとして記憶するようにするものである。なお、ユーザが後で設定する切替条件、切替後の強制自動運転内容、解除条件のそれぞれについては、上記のような切替条件、解除条件及び強制自動運転モードでの制御内容を、ユーザが記述することで、対応する処理プログラムを自動的に生成して自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶するようにする処理機能を自動車1の電子制御回路部10は備えるものである。 Note that the storage contents of the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 described above are to store each of the switching condition, the content of forced automatic operation after switching, and the release condition as a corresponding processing program. For each of the switching conditions set later by the user, the contents of forced automatic operation after switching, and the cancellation conditions, the user describes the switching conditions, the cancellation conditions and the control contents in the forced automatic driving mode as described above. Thus, the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 has a processing function for automatically generating a corresponding processing program and storing it in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135.
 次に、第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2の例について、図6及び図7を参照して説明する。 Next, an example of the second automatic operation switching condition table TBL2 will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図6及び図7の例では、切替条件は、「追い越し禁止」、「右折(左折)禁止」、「制限速度」、「信号遵守」、「踏切での一時停止」、「走行中の携帯端末の利用」などの交通法規を遵守しない運転を防止するための条件や、「横断歩道での一時停止無視」、「妨害運転」、「危険運転、無謀運転」、「急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドル」などの事故を招きやすい状態を回避して、安全運転を担保するための条件が例示されている。そして、それぞれの切替条件に対応して、切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容と、強制自動運転モードの解除条件が定められている。 In the examples of FIGS. 6 and 7, the switching conditions are “passing prohibition”, “right turn (left turn prohibition) prohibition”, “speed limit”, “signal compliance”, “pause at the crossing”, “mobile terminal during travel” Conditions for preventing non-compliance with traffic laws such as “use of”, “ignoring suspension at pedestrian crossings”, “interfering driving”, “dangerous driving, reckless driving”, “rapid accelerator, sudden braking, sudden Examples of conditions for ensuring safe driving while avoiding a state that easily causes an accident such as a “handle” are illustrated. Corresponding to each switching condition, the content of travel control in the forced automatic driving mode after switching and the canceling condition of the forced automatic driving mode are determined.
 なお、図3~図7に示した切替条件は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容の一部であり、その他、交通法規を遵守するようにするために予め定められた種々の切替条件、及び/又は、安全運転を維持するようにするために予め定められた種々の切替条件が登録されていることは言うまでもない。また、前述したように、切替条件、切替後の強制自動運転モードや通常自動運転モードでの制御内容、解除条件は、各国毎や地域毎に登録し、切り替えるようにしてもよい。 Note that the switching conditions shown in FIGS. 3 to 7 are a part of the contents stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135, and various other switching conditions that are set in advance to comply with traffic regulations. Needless to say, various switching conditions that are predetermined in order to maintain safe driving are registered. Further, as described above, the switching condition, the control content in the forced automatic operation mode after switching and the normal automatic operation mode, and the release condition may be registered and switched for each country or region.
 なお、この第2の自動運転切替条件テーブルTBL2に従って、手動運転モードから強制自動運転モードに切り替える場合には、後述するように、切替条件に合致して強制自動運転モードに切り替えた後、解除条件を満足して当該強制自動運転モードを解除するまでの期間の間は行先(目的地)の設定が不要である場合がある。勿論、強制自動運転モードを継続して目的地まで自律走行する場合もあるので、その場合には、行先(目的地)の設定が必要であり、その際には、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 In addition, when switching from the manual operation mode to the forced automatic operation mode according to the second automatic operation switching condition table TBL2, as described later, after switching to the forced automatic operation mode in accordance with the switching condition, the release condition It may be unnecessary to set the destination (destination) during the period until the forced automatic operation mode is canceled after the above is satisfied. Of course, there may be a case where the forced automatic driving mode is continued to autonomously travel to the destination. In this case, it is necessary to set a destination (destination). If the location is set, it will be the set destination, and if the destination has not been set in advance, it will be set by the driver or rider in response to an inquiry when switching to automatic driving mode It is considered a destination.
 図6に示すように、例えば「追い越し禁止」に違反しないようにするために、当該「追い越し禁止」についての切替条件としては、
(条件1)追い越し禁止の道路標識により示される追越し禁止区間又は追い越し禁止を示す道路標示である黄色ラインの区間において、
(条件2)右折路等が無いのに、右ウインカーを起動したことを検知、又は、黄色ラインを跨ぐようにハンドル操作をして進路変更したことを検知したこと
が定められている。
(条件3)ただし、この場合に、自車の前方に走行中の車両がある場合であり、停止中の車両が左側に駐車や停車していたり、障害物が車線の左側に存在していたりしている場合は切替条件としない。
As shown in FIG. 6, for example, in order not to violate “overtaking prohibition”, as a switching condition for the “overtaking prohibition”,
(Condition 1) In the section of the yellow line which is the overtaking prohibited section indicated by the overtaking prohibited road sign or the road marking indicating overtaking prohibited,
(Condition 2) It is determined that the right turn signal is activated when there is no right turn or the like, or that the course is changed by operating the steering wheel so as to cross the yellow line.
(Condition 3) However, in this case, there is a vehicle running ahead of the vehicle, and the stopped vehicle is parked or parked on the left side, or an obstacle exists on the left side of the lane. If it is, it will not be a switching condition.
 上記の(条件1)の追い越し禁止区間は、画像認識部114において、カメラ群107の内の自車の前方や側方の1~複数個のカメラの撮像画像から、図8(A)に示す道路標識を認識すること、また、カメラ群107の内の道路面を撮影するカメラの画像から、黄色ラインを認識することで、検出することができる。 The overtaking prohibition section of (Condition 1) is shown in FIG. 8A from the captured images of one or a plurality of cameras in front and side of the own vehicle in the camera group 107 in the image recognition unit 114. It can be detected by recognizing a road sign and recognizing a yellow line from an image of a camera that captures a road surface in the camera group 107.
 また、(条件2)の右ウインカーの起動は、前述したように、センサ群108に含まれるセンサの出力から検出することができる。また、黄色ラインを跨ぐようにハンドル操作をして進路変更したことは、手動運転操作検知部105において右ハンドル操作を検知したこと及び、自車動き解析検知部118で、カメラ群107のカメラの画像を解析することにより黄色ラインを自車が跨ぐように走行していることを検知することにより、判断することができる。そして、前方に右折路や右方向にコンビニなどの駐車可能なスペースを有する店舗等が無いことは、カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像から、検知することができる。 Further, the activation of the right turn signal in (Condition 2) can be detected from the output of the sensors included in the sensor group 108 as described above. The change of course by operating the steering wheel so as to cross the yellow line means that the manual driving operation detecting unit 105 has detected the right steering wheel operation, and the own vehicle motion analysis detecting unit 118 has detected the camera of the camera group 107. This can be determined by analyzing the image and detecting that the vehicle is traveling across the yellow line. The absence of a store having a parking space such as a right turn road ahead or a convenience store in the right direction can be detected from the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107.
 さらに、(条件3)については、カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像と、レーダー群106を用いて前方の車両が走行中か停止中かを検出することができる。すなわち、(条件3)については、周囲移動体把握部109の周囲移動体把握結果を参照することで検出することができる。 Furthermore, for (Condition 3), it is possible to detect whether the vehicle ahead is running or stopped using the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 and the radar group 106. That is, (Condition 3) can be detected by referring to the surrounding moving body grasping result of the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109.
 そして、この「追い越し禁止」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、「走行車線を維持して走行」とされる。また、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「追い越し禁止区間終了の道路標識の検出」あるいは「道路標示としての黄色ラインの消滅」の検出とされる。 Then, the content of the travel control in the forced automatic operation mode after the switching with respect to the switching condition about the “prohibition of overtaking” is “running while maintaining the driving lane”. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is “detection of a road sign at the end of the overtaking prohibited section” or “disappearance of a yellow line as a road marking”.
 以上の説明から判るように、追い越し禁止についての切替条件に合致するかどうかを監視するための条件要素の検知のために用いる条件要素検出手段としては、カメラ群107、センサ群108、手動運転操作検知部105、周囲移動体把握部109、画像認識部114、自車動き解析検知部118を用いるものである。 As can be seen from the above description, as the condition element detection means used for detecting the condition element for monitoring whether or not the switching condition for overtaking prohibition is met, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, the manual driving operation are used. The detection unit 105, the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, the image recognition unit 114, and the own vehicle movement analysis detection unit 118 are used.
 この追い越し禁止についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときの解除条件は、追い越し禁止区間終了、黄色ラインの消滅であるので、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、行先(目的地)の設定が必要となる場合がある。したがって、この追い越し禁止についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The cancellation condition when the forced automatic operation mode is entered by meeting the switching condition for this overtaking prohibition is the end of the overtaking prohibited section and the disappearance of the yellow line, so when switching to the forced automatic operation mode, the destination (Destination) may need to be set. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the overtaking prohibition, when the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set as the destination. If the ground is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 次に、例えば「右折禁止」についての切替条件としては、
(条件4)図8(B),(C),(D)に示すような指定方向外進行禁止の道路標識(規制標識)や道路標示(図示せず)により右折が禁止されている場合において、
(条件5)右ウインカーの点灯を起動したことを検知、又は、右折するようにハンドル操作をして進路変更しようとしたことを検知したこと
が定められている。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “no right turn”,
(Condition 4) When a right turn is prohibited by a road sign (regulation sign) or a road sign (not shown) prohibited from traveling outside the specified direction as shown in FIGS. 8 (B), (C), (D) ,
(Condition 5) It is determined that it is detected that the lighting of the right turn signal has been activated, or that it has been detected that an attempt has been made to change the course by operating the steering wheel to turn right.
 そして、この「右折禁止」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、「指定進行方向を選択して走行」とされる。また、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「右折禁止地点を通過」の検出とされる。 And the driving control content in the forced automatic driving mode after switching with respect to the switching condition about the “no right turn” is “traveling by selecting a specified traveling direction”. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is detection of “passing right turn prohibited point”.
 (条件4)の右折禁止は、画像認識部114において、カメラ群107の内の自車の前方や側方の1~複数個のカメラの撮像画像から、図8(B),(C),(D)に示す道路標識を認識することで、検出することができる。 (Condition 4) is prohibited to turn right from the captured images of one or more cameras in front of or on the side of the own vehicle in the camera group 107 in the image recognition unit 114, as shown in FIGS. It can be detected by recognizing the road sign shown in (D).
 また、(条件5)の右ウインカーの起動は、前述したように、センサ群108に含まれるセンサの出力から検出することができる。また、右折するようにハンドル操作をして進路変更したことは、手動運転操作検知部105において右ハンドル操作を検知したことにより、判断することができる。 Also, activation of the right turn signal in (Condition 5) can be detected from the output of the sensors included in the sensor group 108 as described above. Further, it is possible to determine that the course is changed by operating the steering wheel so as to turn right, by detecting the right steering operation in the manual driving operation detection unit 105.
 したがって、この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、カメラ群107、センサ群108、手動運転操作検知部105、画像認識部114を用いるものである。この「右折禁止」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、禁止標識地点や禁止標示地点の通過であるので、行先(目的地)の設定は不要である。 Therefore, as the condition element detection means in this case, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for “prohibit right turn” is passing through a prohibited sign point or a prohibited sign point, it is not necessary to set a destination (destination).
 また、例えば「横断歩道」についての切替条件としては、
(条件6)カメラ群107のカメラ画像から、画像認識部114で、横断歩道の道路標識(指示標識)あるいは道路標示を検出した場合において、
(条件7)カメラ群107のカメラ画像から、画像認識部114で、横断歩道を渡ろうとしている人物や横断中の人物を検出したとき、
が定められている。
For example, as a switching condition for “pedestrian crossing”,
(Condition 6) When the image recognition unit 114 detects a pedestrian crossing road sign (indicating sign) or a road marking from the camera images of the camera group 107,
(Condition 7) When the image recognition unit 114 detects a person who is about to cross a pedestrian crossing or a person who is crossing from the camera images of the camera group 107,
Is stipulated.
 そして、この「横断歩道」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、「一時停止後、横断者無しを確認し、発進」とされる。また、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「横断歩道を通過」の検出とされる。なお、人物の検出には、センサ群108に含まれる人感センサを併せて用いるようにしてもよい。さらに、人物でも、老人、乳幼児や学童、身体の不自由な方、ペット連れの方などの横断時は、特に安全な運転が望まれるため、より高度な画像認識で検出し、選択的に対応してもよい。 And the driving control content in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching condition for this “pedestrian crossing” is “after stopping temporarily, confirm that there is no crossing and start”. Further, the forced automatic driving mode release condition is detection of “passing a pedestrian crossing”. It should be noted that human sensors included in the sensor group 108 may be used together for detection of a person. Furthermore, even for people, elderly people, infants and schoolchildren, people with physical disabilities, people with pets, etc., especially when driving safely, it is desirable to detect and selectively respond with more advanced image recognition. May be.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、カメラ群107、センサ群108、画像認識部114を用いるものである。この「横断歩道」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、横断歩道の通過であるので、行先(目的地)の設定は不要である。 In this case, as the condition element detection means, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the forced automatic operation mode cancellation condition after switching for the switching condition for the “pedestrian crossing” is passage of a pedestrian crossing, setting of a destination (destination) is unnecessary.
 次に、例えば「踏切」についての切替条件としては、
(条件8)カメラ群107のカメラ画像から、画像認識部114で、踏切ありの道路標識(警戒標識)を検出した場合、あるいは、画像認識部114で、カメラの撮像画像から、実際の踏切を認識した場合
が定められている。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “crossing”,
(Condition 8) When a road sign with a level crossing (warning sign) is detected by the image recognition unit 114 from the camera images of the camera group 107, or the actual level crossing is detected from the captured image of the camera by the image recognition unit 114. The case of recognition is determined.
 そして、この「踏切」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、「一時停止後、安全確認して、発進」とされる。この場合の安全確認とは、遮断機が下りていないことの検出である。また、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、「踏切を通過」の検出とされる。 And, the content of the running control in the forced automatic operation mode after the switching for the switching condition for the “crossing” is “After a temporary stop, confirm safety and start”. The safety confirmation in this case is detection that the circuit breaker is not down. Further, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is detection of “passing a level crossing”.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、カメラ群107、画像認識部114を用いるものである。この「踏切」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、踏切の通過であるので、行先(目的地)の設定は不要である。 In this case, as the condition element detection means, the camera group 107 and the image recognition unit 114 are used. Since the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching with respect to the switching condition for this “crossing” is passing of the crossing, it is not necessary to set a destination (destination).
 次に、例えば「制限速度」についての切替条件としては、
(条件9)センサ群108の速度検出センサで検出された自車の走行速度が、重大な危険を感じさせるような速度、例えば一般道路であれば、制限速度よりも30km/h以上オーバー、高速道路であれば、制限速度よりも40km/hオーバーとなっていることを検出した場合
が定められている。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “speed limit”,
(Condition 9) The traveling speed of the vehicle detected by the speed detection sensor of the sensor group 108 is a speed at which a serious danger is felt, for example, if it is a general road, it exceeds the speed limit by 30 km / h or more. If it is a road, the case where it is detected that it is 40 km / h over the speed limit is determined.
 そして、この「制限速度」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、「制限速度以下で走行」とされる。また、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、懲罰的な意味を含めて、所定の時間、例えば30分経過後とされる。この所定の時間は、切替条件からの速度オーバーの程度によって長くするようにしてもよい。例えば、切替条件ちょうどの所定の時間が30分として、1km/hオーバーする毎に、30分ずつ加算する。この場合、5km/hオーバーすると、解除条件は3時間経過後となる。 Then, the content of the running control in the forced automatic operation mode after the switching with respect to the switching condition for this “restricted speed” is “running below the restricted speed”. Moreover, the cancellation | release conditions of forced automatic operation mode are made after predetermined time, for example, 30 minutes, including a punitive meaning. This predetermined time may be lengthened depending on the degree of speed over from the switching condition. For example, assuming that the predetermined time exactly corresponding to the switching condition is 30 minutes, every time 1 km / h is exceeded, 30 minutes is added. In this case, when 5 km / h is exceeded, the release condition is after 3 hours.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、センサ群108の速度センサを用いるものである。ただし、解除条件の検知のために、時計部120を用い、強制自動運転への切替後の経過時間を計測する。この「制限速度」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、30分等の所定時間の経過後であるので、当該所定時間の間に交差点や分岐点を通過することが想定されるので、行先(目的地)の設定が必要となる場合がある。したがって、この「制限速度」についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 In this case, as the condition element detection means, the speed sensor of the sensor group 108 is used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to measure the elapsed time after switching to the forced automatic operation. The condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for the “speed limit” is after the elapse of a predetermined time such as 30 minutes. Therefore, the vehicle passes through an intersection or a branch point during the predetermined time. Since it is assumed that the destination is to be set, it may be necessary to set the destination (destination). Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “limit speed”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, the destination is set. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 なお、この「制限速度」については、画像認識部114において、カメラ群107の内の自車の前方や側方の1~複数個のカメラの撮像画像から、「制限速度」に関する道路標識や道路標示を認識することで検出することができる。 The “restricted speed” is determined by the image recognition unit 114 from road images or roads related to the “restricted speed” from images captured by one or a plurality of cameras in front of or on the side of the vehicle in the camera group 107. It can be detected by recognizing the sign.
 次に、図7に示す切替条件の例について説明する。すなわち、例えば「信号遵守」についての切替条件としては、
(条件10)カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像から、自車動き解析検知部118において、信号機が赤信号を示しているのに、それを無視して停止せずに走行したことを所定の回数以上、例えば3回以上検出した場合
が定められている。
Next, an example of the switching condition shown in FIG. 7 will be described. That is, for example, as a switching condition for “signal compliance”,
(Condition 10) From the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107, in the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, the traffic light indicates a red signal, but it is ignored that the vehicle has traveled without stopping for a predetermined number of times. As described above, for example, the case of detecting three times or more is determined.
 ここで、1回でも赤信号を無視して走行したときを、切替条件としてもよいが、この実施形態では、運転者によるうっかりの信号の見落としがあることを考慮して、3回以上の赤信号無視を切替条件とした。 Here, the switching condition may be when the vehicle travels ignoring the red light even once. However, in this embodiment, in consideration of the driver's oversight of the signal inadvertently, red Signal ignorance was the switching condition.
 この「信号遵守」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、故意的な信号無視に対する懲罰的な意味を込めて、当日は強制自動運転モードでのみ走行可能とした。したがって、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、故意的な信号無視をした翌日とされる。したがって、この「信号遵守」についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The driving control contents in the forced automatic operation mode after switching according to the switching condition for this “signal compliance” include the punitive meaning for intentional signal disregarding, and the vehicle will run only in the forced automatic driving mode on the day. It was possible. Therefore, the forced automatic operation mode is released on the next day after intentionally ignoring the signal. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “signal compliance”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, it is set as the set destination. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、カメラ群107及び自車動き解析検知部118を用いるものである。ただし、解除条件の検知のために、時計部120を用い、当日の終了(翌日の始まり)を検出する。 In this case, as the condition element detection means, the camera group 107 and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the current day (start of the next day).
 次に、例えば「妨害運転」についての切替条件としては、
カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像の自車動き解析検知部118での解析結果や、周囲移動体把握部109の把握結果から、
(条件11)走行中の他車の直前に進入、あるいは
(条件12)通行中の人又は車に著しく接近、あるいは
(条件13)幅寄せ、煽り、強引な割り込み、
を、所定の回数以上、例えば3回以上検出した場合
が定められている。この場合、条件11~条件13の内、同じものを3回以上検出した場合に限らず、条件11~条件13のいずれかを合計で3回以上検出した場合であってもよい。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “interfering operation”,
From the analysis result of the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 in the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 and the grasping result of the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109,
(Condition 11) Entering just before the other vehicle in motion, or (Condition 12) Remarkably approaching a passing person or vehicle, or (Condition 13) Alignment, curling, and forced interruption,
Is detected a predetermined number of times or more, for example, three times or more. In this case, the condition 11 to condition 13 is not limited to the case where the same one is detected three times or more, but may be the case where any of the conditions 11 to 13 is detected three times or more in total.
 この「妨害運転」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、妨害運転に対する懲罰的な意味を込めて、当日は強制自動運転モードでのみ走行可能とした。したがって、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、妨害運転をした翌日とされる。したがって、この「妨害運転」についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The driving control contents in forced automatic operation mode after switching for the switching condition for this “interfering driving” include the punitive meaning for disturbing driving, and on the day it is possible to drive only in forced automatic driving mode. . Accordingly, the condition for canceling the forced automatic operation mode is the day after the disturbing operation. Therefore, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching condition for the “interfering operation”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts to travel, it is set as the set destination. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to the inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、レーダー群106、カメラ群107、センサ群108及び自車動き解析検知部118を用いるものである。ただし、解除条件の検知のために、時計部120を用い、当日の終了を検出する。 In this case, as the condition element detection means, the radar group 106, the camera group 107, the sensor group 108, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
 次に、例えば「危険運転、無謀運転」についての切替条件としては、
カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像の自車動き解析検知部118での解析結果や、手動運転操作検知部105での手動運転操作の検知結果から、
(条件14)ドリフト走行やスピンターンを、所定の回数以上、例えば2回以上検出した場合
が定められている。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “dangerous driving, reckless driving”,
From the analysis result of the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 of the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 and the detection result of the manual driving operation in the manual driving operation detection unit 105,
(Condition 14) The case where the drift running or the spin turn is detected a predetermined number of times or more, for example, twice or more is defined.
 この「危険運転、無謀運転」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、危険運転、無謀運転に対する懲罰的な意味を込めて、当日は強制自動運転モードでのみ走行可能とした。したがって、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、危険運転や無謀運転をした翌日とされる。したがって、この「危険運転、無謀運転」についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The driving control contents in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this “dangerous driving, reckless driving” include the punitive meaning for dangerous driving and reckless driving, and on the day the forced automatic driving mode It was possible to run only on. Therefore, the forced automatic driving mode is canceled on the next day after dangerous driving or reckless driving. Therefore, when the forced automatic driving mode is set by meeting the switching conditions for the “dangerous driving and reckless driving”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts running, the set purpose is set. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、手動運転操作検知部105、カメラ群107及び自車動き解析検知部118を用いるものである。ただし、解除条件の検知のために、時計部120を用い、当日の終了を検出する。 As the condition element detection means in this case, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, the camera group 107, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
 次に、例えば「急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドル」についての切替条件としては、
カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像の自車動き解析検知部118での解析結果や、手動運転操作検知部105での手動運転操作の検知結果から、
(条件15)急アクセルあるいは急ブレーキあるいは急ハンドルを、所定の回数以上、例えば5回以上検出した場合
が定められている。この場合、急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドルの内、同じものを3回以上検出した場合に限らず、急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドルのいずれかを合計で3回以上検出した場合であってもよい。
Next, for example, as a switching condition for “sudden accelerator, sudden brake, sudden handle”,
From the analysis result of the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 of the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 and the detection result of the manual driving operation in the manual driving operation detection unit 105,
(Condition 15) A case where a sudden accelerator, a sudden brake, or a sudden handle is detected a predetermined number of times or more, for example, five times or more is defined. In this case, not only when the same thing is detected three times or more among the sudden accelerator, sudden brake, and sudden handle, but when the sudden accelerator, sudden brake, or sudden handle is detected three times or more in total. Also good.
 この「急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドル」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、危険な運転に対する懲罰的な意味を込めて、当日は強制自動運転モードでのみ走行可能とした。したがって、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、翌日とされる。したがって、この「急アクセル、急ブレーキ、急ハンドル」についての切替条件に合致することで強制自動運転モードにされたときには、自動車1の走行開始時に目的地が設定されている場合には、その設定された目的地とされ、目的地が事前に設定されていなければ、強制自動運転モードに切り替えられたときの問い合わせに応じて運転者又は乗車者により設定された目的地とされる。 The driving control details in the forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this "sudden accelerator, sudden braking, and sudden steering wheel" include punitive meaning for dangerous driving, and forced automatic driving on the day It was allowed to run only in the mode. Accordingly, the forced automatic operation mode is released on the next day. Accordingly, when the forced automatic operation mode is set by meeting the switching conditions for the “sudden accelerator, sudden brake, and sudden handle”, if the destination is set when the vehicle 1 starts running, the setting is made. If the destination is not set in advance, the destination is set by the driver or the rider in response to an inquiry when the mode is switched to the forced automatic driving mode.
 この場合の条件要素検出手段としては、手動運転操作検知部105、カメラ群107及び自車動き解析検知部118を用いるものである。ただし、解除条件の検知のために、時計部120を用い、当日の終了を検出する。 As the condition element detection means in this case, the manual driving operation detection unit 105, the camera group 107, and the own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118 are used. However, in order to detect the release condition, the clock unit 120 is used to detect the end of the day.
 次に、「走行中の携帯端末の利用」についての切替条件としては、
カメラ群107のカメラの撮像画像の画像認識結果や音声認識部116の認識結果から、
(条件16)運転者による走行中にスマートフォン、タブレット端末、携帯電話端末、携帯ゲーム機等の利用や、表示画面の注視等を検出した場合
が定められている。
Next, as a switching condition for "use of mobile device while driving"
From the image recognition result of the captured image of the camera of the camera group 107 and the recognition result of the voice recognition unit 116,
(Condition 16) The case where the use of a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a mobile phone terminal, a portable game machine or the like, a gaze on a display screen, or the like is detected during driving by the driver is defined.
 この「携帯端末の利用」についての切替条件に付いての切替後の強制自動運転モードでの走行制御内容は、危険な運転に対する懲罰的な意味を込めて、利用中は強制自動運転モードでのみ走行可能とした。したがって、強制自動運転モードの解除条件は、利用を停止あるいは終了したときとされる。 The driving control content in forced automatic driving mode after switching according to the switching conditions for this "use of mobile device" includes punitive meaning for dangerous driving, and only in forced automatic driving mode during use It was possible to run. Therefore, the forced automatic operation mode is released when the use is stopped or terminated.
 この場合、画像認識部114は、カメラ群107の内の運転者を撮影するカメラからの撮影画像情報を解析し、この例では、特に、携帯機器、この例では、スマートフォンや携帯電話端末を手に取った所作をしたか否かを検出し、その検出結果を自動運転切替条件判別部115に供給する。また、音声認識部116は、マイクロホン137で収音した音声信号から、スマートフォンや携帯電話端末が報知する着信通知、例えば着信音、着信メロディーの検知結果や、運転者の通話音声の検知結果を自動運転切替条件判別部115に通知する。さらに、センサ群108に含まれる振動センサにより、スマートフォンや携帯電話端末が報知するバイブレーションの振動などを検知し、その検知結果を自動運転切替条件判別部115に通知する。 In this case, the image recognition unit 114 analyzes captured image information from a camera that captures a driver in the camera group 107, and in this example, in particular, a mobile device, in this example, a smartphone or a mobile phone terminal is used. It is detected whether or not the action taken is performed, and the detection result is supplied to the automatic operation switching condition determination unit 115. In addition, the voice recognition unit 116 automatically detects an incoming call notification notified by a smartphone or a mobile phone terminal from the voice signal collected by the microphone 137, for example, a detection result of a ringtone, a ringing melody, or a detection result of a driver's call voice. The operation switching condition determination unit 115 is notified. Furthermore, the vibration sensor included in the sensor group 108 detects vibrations of vibration notified by the smartphone or the mobile phone terminal, and notifies the detection result to the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115.
 自動運転切替条件判別部115は、自車が走行中において、上記の画像認識部114、音声認識部116、センサ群108からの検出結果や検知結果を監視して、運転者が、スマートフォンや携帯電話端末で通話したり、メールをしたり、インターネットを通じたアクセス操作をしたりする動作をしていないかどうかや、携帯端末の表示画面を注視している動作をしていないかどうか、あるいは携帯ゲーム機で表示画面を注視したり、指を激しく動かしたりしていないかどうかを判別し、それらの法規違反の動作をしていると判別したときには、自動運転モードから強制自動運転モードに切り替えるようにする。 The automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115 monitors the detection results and detection results from the image recognition unit 114, the voice recognition unit 116, and the sensor group 108 while the vehicle is traveling, and the driver can Whether you are talking on the phone, sending an email, or performing access operations over the Internet, whether you are gazing at the display screen of your mobile device, Determine whether you are gazing at the display screen or moving your finger violently on a game machine, and if you determine that you are violating those laws, switch from automatic driving mode to forced automatic driving mode To.
 また、自動運転切替条件判別部115は、解除条件の判別を、画像認識部114や音声認識部115からの認識結果から、運転者による携帯端末の利用を停止又は終了したか否かより、あるいは、自車動き検知部118の出力から、自車が路肩等に停止したか否かにより行う。 In addition, the automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115 determines the cancellation condition based on the recognition result from the image recognition unit 114 and the voice recognition unit 115, whether or not the use of the mobile terminal by the driver is stopped or terminated, or From the output of the own vehicle motion detection unit 118, it is determined whether or not the own vehicle has stopped on the road shoulder or the like.
 なお、以上説明した自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容は、切替条件、切替後の制御内容や強制自動運転内容、行先の設定、解除条件のそれぞれを、対応する処理プログラムとして記憶するようにするものである。なお、ユーザが後で設定する切替条件、切替後の強制自動運転内容、解除条件のそれぞれについては、上記のような切替条件、解除条件及び強制自動運転モードでの制御内容を、ユーザが記述することで、対応する処理プログラムを自動的に生成して自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶するようにする処理機能を自動車1の電子制御回路部10は備えるものである。 The contents stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 described above are such that the switching conditions, the control contents after switching, the forced automatic driving contents, the destination setting, and the release conditions are stored as corresponding processing programs. To do. For each of the switching conditions set later by the user, the contents of forced automatic operation after switching, and the cancellation conditions, the user describes the switching conditions, the cancellation conditions and the control contents in the forced automatic driving mode as described above. Thus, the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 has a processing function for automatically generating a corresponding processing program and storing it in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135.
 以上のように、自動車1の電子制御回路部10は構成されるが、図1に示した各ブロックのうち、モータ駆動制御部102、ステアリング駆動制御部103、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104、周囲移動体把握部109、現在位置検出部110、カーナビ機能部113、画像認識部114、強制自動運転モード切替処理部115、自車動き解析検知部118、自車動き解析検知部118、合成音声発生部121、音声入出力部122、の各処理機能は、制御部101が、ソフトウエア処理として実現することができる。 As described above, the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 is configured. Of the blocks shown in FIG. 1, the motor drive control unit 102, the steering drive control unit 103, and the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104. , Surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, current position detection unit 110, car navigation function unit 113, image recognition unit 114, forced automatic driving mode switching processing unit 115, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, synthesis The processing functions of the voice generation unit 121 and the voice input / output unit 122 can be realized by the control unit 101 as software processing.
 [実施形態の自動車1の電子制御回路部10の動作例]
 次に、この実施形態の自動車1の電子制御回路部10の処理動作例について説明する。なお、以下に説明する電子制御回路部10の動作は、制御部101が、モータ駆動制御部102、ステアリング駆動制御部103、手動/自動運転モード切替制御部104、周囲移動体把握部109、現在位置検出部110、カーナビ機能部113、画像認識部114、自動運転切替条件判別部115、音声認識部116、自車動き解析検知部118、自車動き解析検知部118、携帯電話機能部119、合成音声発生部121、音声入出力部122、の各処理機能を、ソフトウエア処理として実現する場合として説明する。したがって、以下に説明するフローチャートの各ステップの処理は、制御部101が実行するものとして説明する。
[Operation Example of Electronic Control Circuit Unit 10 of Car 1 of Embodiment]
Next, an example of processing operation of the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 of this embodiment will be described. Note that the operation of the electronic control circuit unit 10 described below is performed by the control unit 101, the motor drive control unit 102, the steering drive control unit 103, the manual / automatic operation mode switching control unit 104, the surrounding moving body grasping unit 109, Position detection unit 110, car navigation function unit 113, image recognition unit 114, automatic driving switching condition determination unit 115, voice recognition unit 116, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, own vehicle motion analysis detection unit 118, mobile phone function unit 119, The processing functions of the synthesized voice generating unit 121 and the voice input / output unit 122 will be described as a case where they are realized as software processing. Therefore, the process of each step of the flowchart described below is described as being executed by the control unit 101.
 <起動時における電子制御回路部10の動作例>
 図9は、この実施形態の自動車1の電子制御回路部10の起動時における動作例を説明するためのフローチャートである。
<Operation Example of Electronic Control Circuit Unit 10 at Startup>
FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining an operation example when the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 according to this embodiment is started.
 制御部101は、自車が起動されたか否か監視し(ステップS1)、自車が起動されたと判別したときには、表示部111の表示画面を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた音声により、運転者や乗車者に対して目的地の設定入力を促すメッセージを送出する(ステップS2)。このときの表示部111の表示画面には、「ここでは、目的地を設定しない」を選択できるようにされている。目的地を定めずに、手動運転モードでドライブを楽しむ利用者もあるからである。 The control unit 101 monitors whether or not the own vehicle has been activated (step S1). When it is determined that the own vehicle has been activated, the control unit 101 displays the driver and the driver through the display screen of the display unit 111 and by voice through the speaker 138. A message prompting the passenger to input the destination setting is sent (step S2). At this time, the display screen of the display unit 111 can select “No destination is set here”. This is because some users enjoy driving in the manual operation mode without setting a destination.
 次に、制御部101は、ステップS2のメッセージに応じた運転者又は乗車者からの目的地の設定入力を受け付けたか否か判別し(ステップS3)、目的地の設定入力を受け付けたと判別したときには、受け付けた目的地を記憶する(ステップS4)。 Next, the control unit 101 determines whether or not a destination setting input from the driver or rider in response to the message in step S2 has been received (step S3), and when it is determined that the destination setting input has been received. The received destination is stored (step S4).
 ステップS3で、目的地の設定入力を受け付けてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、「目的地を設定しない」が選択されたか否か判別し(ステップS5)、「目的地を設定しない」が選択されていないと判別したときには、処理をステップS3に戻して、このステップS3以降の処理を繰り返す。また、ステップS5で、「目的地を設定しない」が選択されたと判別したときには、制御部101は、この処理ルーチンをそのまま終了する。 When it is determined in step S3 that the destination setting input has not been received, the control unit 101 determines whether “do not set destination” is selected (step S5), and “does not set the destination”. "" Is not selected, the process returns to step S3, and the processes after step S3 are repeated. If it is determined in step S5 that “Destination is not set” is selected, the control unit 101 ends this processing routine as it is.
 以上のようにして、目的地が起動時に設定され、記憶されたときには、その記憶された目的地は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200での目的地のデフォルト値となり、自動運転用ナビ機能部300では、事前設定された目的地として扱われる。 As described above, when the destination is set and stored at the time of activation, the stored destination becomes the default value of the destination in the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 is stored. Will be treated as a preset destination.
 <実施形態の自動車1での運転モードの切り替え処理動作の例>
 図10~図17は、この実施形態の自動車1の電子制御回路部10の起動後における運転モードの切替処理動作例を説明するためのフローチャートである。
<Example of operation mode switching processing operation in the automobile 1 of the embodiment>
FIGS. 10 to 17 are flowcharts for explaining an example of operation mode switching processing operation after the activation of the electronic control circuit unit 10 of the automobile 1 of this embodiment.
 この実施形態の自動車1においては、起動された直後は、初期的には手動運転モードとされている。そして、起動後、自動車1の走行を開始する前に、運転者又は乗車者により通常自動運転モードへの切替操作がなされることで、通常自動運転モードに切り替えて自動車1の走行を開始することができるようにされている。また、起動後、手動運転モードで走行を開始した後、運転者又は乗車者により、通常自動運転モードに切り替えられることにより、通常自動運転モードに切り替えられる。また、起動後、手動運転モードで走行を開始した後、手動運転モードでの走行中に、上述した切替条件を監視して、切替条件に合致したときには、通常自動運転モードあるいは強制自動運転モードに切り替えられるものである。 In the automobile 1 of this embodiment, immediately after being started, the manual operation mode is initially set. And after starting, before starting the driving | running | working of the motor vehicle 1, a driver | operator or a passenger | crew performs switching operation to a normal automatic driving mode, and it switches to a normal automatic driving mode and starts driving | running | working of the motor vehicle 1. Have been able to. Moreover, after starting, after driving | running | working in manual driving mode, it switches to normal automatic driving mode by switching to normal automatic driving mode by a driver | operator or a rider. In addition, after starting, the vehicle is started in the manual operation mode and then monitored during the manual operation mode. When the switching condition is met, the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode is set. It can be switched.
 なお、自動車1の起動直後の運転モードを、利用者(運転者又は乗車者等)が、手動運転モードと通常自動運転モードとのいずれかに選択設定することができるようにしてもよい。もちろん、利用者ごとにあらかじめ選択設定することもできる。この場合、自動車1の起動時に、カメラ群107で利用者を撮影し、画像認識部114で利用者を認識することで、その利用者があらかじめ選択設定した運転モードを利用できる。また、自動車1の運転を終了して電源をオフにしたときの運転モードを記憶しておき、次に、自動車1を起動されたときには、記憶されていた直前の運転モードとするようにしてもよい。 It should be noted that the operation mode immediately after startup of the automobile 1 may be selected and set by the user (driver or rider) in either the manual operation mode or the normal automatic operation mode. Of course, it can be selected and set in advance for each user. In this case, when the automobile 1 is started, the user is photographed by the camera group 107 and the user is recognized by the image recognition unit 114, so that the operation mode selected and set by the user in advance can be used. Further, the operation mode when the operation of the automobile 1 is finished and the power is turned off is stored, and when the automobile 1 is activated next time, the stored operation mode immediately before is stored. Good.
 この実施形態では、図10に示すように、先ず、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者により、手動運転モードの状態から通常自動運転モードへの切り替え操作がなされたか否か判別する(ステップS101)。前述したように、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードへの切替操作は、自動車1が起動された直後の走行開始前と、手動運転モードでの走行中とがあるが、このステップS101での判別動作は、そのいずれの場合も含むものである。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10, first, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the rider has performed an operation for switching from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode (step S101). ). As described above, the switching operation from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode includes the start of traveling immediately after the automobile 1 is started and the traveling in the manual operation mode. The operation includes both cases.
 このステップS101で、通常自動運転モードへの切り替え操作があったと判別したときには、制御部101は、カーナビ機能部113の自動運転用ナビ機能部300の機能を起動する(ステップS102)。なお、起動直後の運転モードが通常自動運転モードに設定されていた場合や、起動直後の運転モードとする直前の運転モードが通常自動運転モードであった場合には、ステップS101を行わずに、このステップS102が実行されるものである。 When it is determined in this step S101 that there is an operation for switching to the normal automatic driving mode, the control unit 101 activates the function of the automatic driving navigation function unit 300 of the car navigation function unit 113 (step S102). If the operation mode immediately after the start is set to the normal automatic operation mode, or if the operation mode immediately before the operation mode immediately after the start is the normal automatic operation mode, without performing step S101, This step S102 is executed.
 ステップS102の次には、制御部101は、切替前には手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能が動作中であったか否か判別する(ステップS103)。そして、このステップS103で、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能が動作中であったと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能において設定されていた目的地を変更するか否かの問い合わせメッセージを、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS104)。 Next to step S102, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 was operating before switching (step S103). When it is determined in step S103 that the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 is operating, the control unit 101 changes the destination set in the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200. An inquiry message as to whether or not is sent to the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and by synthesized speech through the speaker 138 (step S104).
 次に、制御部101は、このステップS104での問い合わせメッセージに対して、運転者又は乗車者が、タッチパネル112を通じて、あるいは、音声認識部116を通じて、目的地を変更する旨を回答したか否か判別する(ステップS105)。そして、このステップS105で、目的地を変更しない旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能において設定されていた目的地を用いて、自動運転用ナビ機能部300の経路探索部302の機能が経路探索を実行する(ステップS106)。 Next, in response to the inquiry message in step S104, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. A determination is made (step S105). When it is determined in step S105 that the answer indicating that the destination is not changed is made, the control unit 101 uses the destination set in the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 for automatic driving. The function of the route search unit 302 of the navigation function unit 300 executes route search (step S106).
 ステップS103で、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能が動作中ではなかったと判別したときには、制御部101は、起動時に記憶された目的地があるか否か判別する(図11のステップS111)。このステップS111で、起動時に記憶された目的地はないと判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、目的地の設定入力を促すメッセージを、運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS112)。 When it is determined in step S103 that the function of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 is not in operation, the control unit 101 determines whether there is a destination stored at the time of activation (step S111 in FIG. 11). When it is determined in step S111 that there is no destination stored at the time of activation, the control unit 101 inputs a destination setting through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by a synthesized voice through the speaker 138. Is sent to the driver or the rider (step S112).
 そして、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者からのタッチパネル112あるいは音声認識部116を通じた、変更後の目的地の設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS113)。その後、制御部101は、処理を図10のステップS106に移行し、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行する。 And the control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the speech recognition part 116 from a driver | operator or a rider (step S113). Thereafter, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S <b> 106 in FIG. 10, and executes a route search for the automatic operation mode by the function of the route search unit 302.
 ステップS111で、起動時に記憶された目的地があると判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、目的地を変更するか否かの問い合わせメッセージを、運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS114)。 If it is determined in step S111 that there is a destination stored at the time of startup, the control unit 101 changes the destination through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. An inquiry message about whether or not is sent to the driver or the rider (step S114).
 次に、制御部101は、このステップS114での問い合わせメッセージに対して、運転者又は乗車者が、タッチパネル112を通じて、あるいは、音声認識部116を通じて、目的地を変更する旨を回答したか否か判別する(ステップS115)。そして、このステップS115で、目的地を変更しない旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図10のステップS106に移行し、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行する。 Next, in response to the inquiry message in step S114, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the passenger has answered that the destination is to be changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. It discriminate | determines (step S115). If it is determined in this step S115 that an answer indicating that the destination is not changed is made, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S106 in FIG. 10 and uses the function of the route search unit 302 for the automatic operation mode. Perform a route search.
 また、ステップS115で、目的地を変更する旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図11のステップS112に移行して、目的地の設定入力を促し、その後、ステップS113で変更後の目的地の設定入力を受け付け、その後、処理を図10のステップS106に移行し、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行する。また、図10のステップS105で、目的地を変更する旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図11のステップS112に移行して、上述したステップS112以降の処理を行う。 If it is determined in step S115 that an answer to change the destination has been made, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S112 in FIG. 11 to prompt the user to input a destination setting, and then step S113. Then, the destination setting input after the change is accepted, and then the process proceeds to step S106 in FIG. 10 and the route search for the automatic operation mode is executed by the function of the route search unit 302. Further, when it is determined in step S105 in FIG. 10 that an answer to change the destination has been made, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S112 in FIG. 11 and performs the processing after step S112 described above. .
 図10のステップS106の次には、制御部101は、ステップS106での経路探索結果に基づいて、自動運転用制御情報を生成し、通常自動運転モードにおける自動運転用ナビの実行を開始する(ステップS107)。 After step S106 in FIG. 10, the control unit 101 generates control information for automatic driving based on the route search result in step S106, and starts execution of navigation for automatic driving in the normal automatic driving mode ( Step S107).
 次に、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者に、自動運転用ナビにおける地図表示をするか、音声ガイダンスを要求するか、周辺情報の提供を要求する地点の登録をするかを表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者又は乗車者に対して問い合わせる(ステップS108)。そして、制御部101は、ステップS108の問い合わせに対する設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS109)。 Next, the display unit 111 displays whether the control unit 101 displays a map for automatic driving navigation, requests voice guidance, or registers a point for requesting provision of surrounding information to the driver or passenger. The driver or the passenger is inquired through the display image of the display screen or by the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S108). And the control part 101 receives the setting input with respect to the inquiry of step S108 (step S109).
 次に、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者又は乗車者に対して、通常自動運転モードから手動運転モードへの切替レベルの選択設定の入力を促す(図12のステップS121)。そして、制御部101は、通常自動運転モードから手動運転モードへの切替レベルの選択設定を受け付け(ステップS122)、自動運転用ナビを実行する。 Next, the control unit 101 switches the level of switching from the normal automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode for the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. Prompts the user to enter the selection setting (step S121 in FIG. 12). And the control part 101 receives the selection setting of the switching level from normal automatic operation mode to manual operation mode (step S122), and performs the navigation for automatic driving | operations.
 次に、制御部101は、ステップS122で選択設定された手動運転モードへの切替レベルに合致する切替操作がなされたか否か判別し(ステップS123)、切替操作がなされていないと判別したときには、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置が目的地であるか否かにより目的地に到着したか否か判別する(ステップS124)。このステップS124で、目的地に到着してはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、自動運転用ナビを継続し(ステップS125)、その後、処理をステップS123に戻し、このステップS123以降の処理を繰り返す。 Next, the control unit 101 determines whether or not a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode selected and set in step S122 is performed (step S123). When it is determined that the switching operation is not performed, It is determined whether or not the vehicle has arrived at the destination based on whether or not the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110 is the destination (step S124). When it is determined in step S124 that the vehicle has not arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 continues navigation for automatic driving (step S125), and then returns the process to step S123. repeat.
 ステップS124で、目的地に到着したと判別したときには、制御部101は、電源が切られるなどして、運転停止とされたか否か判別し(ステップS126)、運転停止とされたと判別したときには、自動運転用ナビを終了して(ステップS130)、この処理ルーチンを終了する。 When it is determined in step S124 that the vehicle has arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the operation is stopped by turning off the power (step S126). When it is determined that the operation is stopped, The navigation for automatic driving is terminated (step S130), and this processing routine is terminated.
 また、ステップS126で、運転停止とされてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者又は乗車者に対して、新たな目的地の設定入力を促すメッセージを送出する(ステップS127)。そして、制御部101は、このステップS127による促しにより、目的地の設定入力を受け付けたか否か判別し(ステップS128)、受け付けたと判別したときには、処理を図11のステップS112に移行して、このステップS112以降の処理を実行する。 When it is determined in step S126 that the operation is not stopped, the control unit 101 notifies the driver or the rider through the display image of the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. On the other hand, a message for prompting input of a new destination setting is sent (step S127). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination setting input has been accepted by the prompt at step S127 (step S128). When it is determined that the destination has been accepted, the process proceeds to step S112 in FIG. The process after step S112 is executed.
 ステップS128で、目的地の設定入力を受け付けてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転モードへの切替レベルに合致する切替操作がなされたか否か判別し(ステップS129)、切替操作がなされていないと判別したときには、処理をステップS126に戻し、このステップS126以降の処理を繰り返す。 If it is determined in step S128 that the destination setting input has not been received, the control unit 101 determines whether or not a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed (step S129). If it is determined that the process has not been performed, the process returns to step S126, and the processes after step S126 are repeated.
 そして、ステップS123で、手動運転モードへの切替レベルに合致する切替操作がなされたと判別したときには、あるいは、ステップS129で、手動運転モードへの切替レベルに合致する切替操作がなされたと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転モードへの切り替えを実行する(図13のステップS131)。このとき、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者や乗車者に、手動運転モードに切り替えられたことを通知するようにしてもよい。 When it is determined in step S123 that a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed, or when it is determined in step S129 that a switching operation that matches the switching level to the manual operation mode has been performed, The control unit 101 executes switching to the manual operation mode (step S131 in FIG. 13). At this time, the driver or the rider may be notified of the switching to the manual operation mode through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or a synthesized voice through the speaker 138.
 次に、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者に、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、手動運転用ナビを開始するか否かの問い合わせをする(ステップS132)。そして、制御部101は、ステップS132の問い合わせに対して、手動運転用ナビを開始するとの回答を受けたか否か判別し(ステップS133)、手動運転用ナビを開始しないとの回答を判別したときには、処理を図10のステップS101に戻し、このステップS101以降の処理を繰り返す。 Next, the control unit 101 inquires of the driver or the rider whether or not to start the manual driving navigation through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. (Step S132). And the control part 101 discriminate | determines whether the response which starts the navigation for manual driving was received with respect to the inquiry of step S132 (step S133), and when the response which does not start the navigation for manual driving is discriminate | determined. The process returns to step S101 in FIG. 10, and the processes after step S101 are repeated.
 また、ステップS133で、手動運転用ナビを開始するとの回答を受けたと判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、自動運転用ナビの実行中に設定されていた目的地を変更するか否か問い合わせメッセージを運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS134)。 Further, when it is determined in step S133 that an answer to start navigation for manual driving has been received, the control unit 101 performs automatic driving through a display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by synthesized speech through the speaker 138. An inquiry message is sent to the driver or the passenger as to whether or not to change the destination set during execution of the navigation (step S134).
 次に、制御部101は、ステップS133での問い合わせメッセージに対して、運転者又は乗車者が、タッチパネル112を通じて、あるいは、音声認識部116を通じて、目的地を変更する旨を回答したか否か判別する(ステップS135)。そして、このステップS135で、目的地を変更しない旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の経路探索部202の機能により、目的地を自動運転用ナビの際の目的地のままとして、手動運転モード用の経路探索を行って、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の機能を実行する(ステップS136)。 Next, in response to the inquiry message in step S133, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver or the rider has answered that the destination is changed through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition unit 116. (Step S135). When it is determined in step S135 that the answer indicating that the destination is not changed is made, the control unit 101 determines the destination by the function of the route search unit 202 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200. In this case, the route search for the manual operation mode is performed and the function of the manual operation navigation function unit 200 is executed (step S136).
 また、ステップS135で、目的地を変更する旨の回答をしたと判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、目的地の設定入力を促すメッセージを、運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS137)。 Further, when it is determined in step S135 that the answer to change the destination is made, the control unit 101 uses the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 to determine the destination. A message for prompting the setting input is sent to the driver or the rider (step S137).
 そして、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者からのタッチパネル112あるいは音声認識部116を通じた、変更後の目的地の設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS138)。その後、制御部101は、受け付けた目的地を新たな目的地として、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行し、その探索結果により、自動運転用制御情報発生部303の機能により、自動運転用制御情報を生成して、自動運転用ナビを実行する(ステップS139)。 And the control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition part 116 from a driver or a rider (step S138). Thereafter, the control unit 101 uses the function of the route search unit 302 to perform a route search for the automatic driving mode by using the received destination as a new destination, and based on the search result, the control information generation unit 303 for the automatic driving is executed. By the function, the control information for automatic driving is generated, and the navigation for automatic driving is executed (step S139).
 なお、目的地を変更する場合、また、目的地を変更しない場合のいずれにおいても、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の設定受付部201では、目的地以外の上述したような、受け付け可能な設定入力項目の受け付けは行われるものである。 It should be noted that in both cases where the destination is changed and where the destination is not changed, the setting accepting unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200 accepts setting inputs other than the destination as described above. Items are accepted.
 ステップS136又はステップS139の次には、制御部101は、現在位置検出部110で検出された現在位置が目的地であるか否かにより目的地に到着したか否か判別する(図14のステップS141)。 After step S136 or step S139, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination has arrived based on whether or not the current position detected by the current position detection unit 110 is the destination (step in FIG. 14). S141).
 ステップS141で、目的地に到着したと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビを終了し(ステップS142)、その後、電源が切られるなどして、運転停止とされたか否か判別し(ステップS143)、運転停止とされたと判別したときには、この処理ルーチンを終了する。ステップS143で、運転停止とされてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図10のステップS101に戻し、このステップS101以降の処理を繰り返す。 When it is determined in step S141 that the vehicle has arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 ends the navigation for manual operation (step S142), and then determines whether or not the operation is stopped by turning off the power. (Step S143) When it is determined that the operation has been stopped, this processing routine is terminated. When it is determined in step S143 that the operation is not stopped, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S101 in FIG. 10 and repeats the processes after step S101.
 また、ステップS141で、目的地に到着してはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビを継続する(ステップS144)。そして、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者により、手動運転モードから自動運転モードへ切り替え操作がなされたか否か判別し(ステップS145)、切り替え操作があったと判別したときには、処理を図10のステップS102に戻し、前述したステップS102以降の処理を繰り返す。 If it is determined in step S141 that the vehicle has not arrived at the destination, the control unit 101 continues the manual driving navigation (step S144). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the switching operation from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode has been performed by the driver or the rider (step S145). It returns to step S102 and repeats the process after step S102 mentioned above.
 また、ステップS145で、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードへ切り替え操作がなされてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知したか否かを判別する(ステップS146)。 When it is determined in step S145 that the switching operation from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode has not been performed, the control unit 101 matches the switching condition stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135. Whether or not is detected is determined (step S146).
 ステップS146で、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知したと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図15のステップS152に進め、合致した切替条件に応じて、通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードに切り替える。ステップS146で、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知していないと判別したときには、処理をS141に戻す。 If it is determined in step S146 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has been detected, the control unit 101 proceeds to step S152 in FIG. Accordingly, the mode is switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode. If it is determined in step S146 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has not been detected, the process returns to S141.
 また、図10のステップS101で、通常自動運転モードへの切り替え操作はないと判別したときには、制御部101は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知したか否かを判別する(図15のステップS151)。そして、このステップS151で、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知したと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理をステップS152に進め、合致した切替条件に応じて、通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードに切り替える。 When it is determined in step S101 in FIG. 10 that there is no switching operation to the normal automatic driving mode, the control unit 101 detects a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135. (Step S151 in FIG. 15). When it is determined in step S151 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 is detected, the control unit 101 advances the process to step S152 and sets the matching switching condition. Accordingly, the mode is switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode.
 また、ステップS151で、自動運転切替条件記憶部135に記憶されている切替条件に合致する状態を検知していないと判別したときには、手動運転モードにおける手動運転用ナビの利用要求を運転者又は乗車者から受けたか否か判別する(図16のステップS161)。 If it is determined in step S151 that a state that matches the switching condition stored in the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 has not been detected, a request for using the manual driving navigation in the manual driving mode is issued to the driver or the rider. It is determined whether or not it has been received from the person (step S161 in FIG. 16).
 このステップS161で、手動運転モードにおける手動運転用ナビの利用要求を運転者又は乗車者から受けてはいないと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図10のステップS101に戻し、このステップS101以降の処理を繰り返す。 When it is determined in step S161 that the use request for the manual driving navigation in the manual driving mode is not received from the driver or the rider, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S101 in FIG. The subsequent processing is repeated.
 また、ステップS161で、手動運転モードにおける手動運転用ナビの利用要求を運転者又は乗車者から受けたと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の設定受付部201の機能により、必要な入力項目の設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS162)。このとき、自動車1の起動時に記憶されている目的地があれば、手動運転用ナビ機能部200では、その記憶されている目的地がデフォルト値とされている。運転者又は乗車者は、目的地はこの記憶された目的地のままとしてもよいし、変更してもよい。 When it is determined in step S161 that the manual driving navigation use request in the manual driving mode is received from the driver or the rider, the control unit 101 uses the function of the setting receiving unit 201 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200. A setting input of necessary input items is accepted (step S162). At this time, if there is a destination stored when the automobile 1 is started, the stored destination is set as a default value in the navigation function unit 200 for manual operation. The driver or the rider may leave the destination as the stored destination or change it.
 ステップS162の次には、制御部101は、手動運転用ナビ機能部200の経路探索部202の機能により経路探索を実行し、その経路探索結果に応じて手動運転用ナビを実行するようにする(ステップS163)。そして、このステップS163の次には、制御部101は、処理を図14のステップS141に移行して、このステップS141以降の処理を実行する。 After step S162, the control unit 101 performs a route search by the function of the route search unit 202 of the manual driving navigation function unit 200, and executes the manual driving navigation according to the route search result. (Step S163). Then, after step S163, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S141 in FIG. 14, and executes the processing after step S141.
 そして、図15のステップS152の次には、制御部101は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容を参照して、合致した切替条件に応じた通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードでは、目的地の設定が不要であるか否か判別する(ステップS153)。 Then, after step S152 in FIG. 15, the control unit 101 refers to the stored content of the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135, and in the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition, It is determined whether the destination setting is unnecessary (step S153).
 このステップS153で、合致した切替条件に応じた通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードでは、目的地の設定が不要な切替条件ではなく、目的地の設定が必要な切替条件であると判別したときには、制御部101は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容を参照して、合致した切替条件に対応して目的地は定まっているか否か判別する(ステップS154)。 When it is determined in step S153 that the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition is not a switching condition that does not require setting of the destination but a switching condition that requires setting of the destination. The control unit 101 refers to the stored contents of the automatic driving switching condition storage unit 135 to determine whether or not the destination is determined in accordance with the matched switching condition (step S154).
 このステップS154で、合致した切替条件に対応した目的地は定められていないと判別したときには、制御部101は、自動車1の起動時に記憶されている目的地が存在するか否か判別する(図17のステップS171)。 When it is determined in step S154 that the destination corresponding to the matched switching condition is not determined, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the destination stored when the automobile 1 is activated exists (see FIG. 17 step S171).
 このステップS171で、自動車1の起動時に記憶されている目的地が存在すると判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、目的地を変更するかどうかを、運転者又は乗車者に対して問い合わせる(ステップS172)。 When it is determined in step S171 that the destination stored at the time of starting the automobile 1 exists, the control unit 101 uses the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 to The driver or the passenger is inquired whether to change the ground (step S172).
 次に、制御部101は、この問い合わせに対する運転者又は乗車者による目的地を変更するか否かの回答を判別する(ステップS173)。このステップS173で、目的地を変更しないとの回答を受けたと判別したときには、制御部101は、目的地を起動時に記憶していた目的地として、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行する(ステップS174)。 Next, the control unit 101 determines whether or not to change the destination by the driver or the rider in response to this inquiry (step S173). If it is determined in step S173 that an answer indicating that the destination is not to be changed is received, the control unit 101 sets the destination as the destination stored at the time of activation by the function of the route search unit 302 for the automatic operation mode. A route search is executed (step S174).
 また、ステップS171で、自動車1の起動時に記憶されている目的地は存在しないと判別したとき、また、ステップS173で、目的地を変更するとの回答を受けたと判別したときには、制御部101は、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、目的地の設定入力を促すメッセージを、運転者又は乗車者に対して送出する(ステップS175)。 Further, when it is determined in step S171 that the destination stored at the time of starting the automobile 1 does not exist, or when it is determined in step S173 that an answer to change the destination is received, the control unit 101 A message that prompts the driver to input the destination setting is sent to the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or by the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S175).
 そして、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者からのタッチパネル112あるいは音声認識部116を通じた、変更後の目的地の設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS176)。その後、制御部101は、受け付けた目的地を新たな目的地として、経路探索部302の機能により自動運転モード用の経路探索を実行する(ステップS177)。 And the control part 101 receives the setting input of the destination after the change through the touch panel 112 or the voice recognition part 116 from a driver or a rider (step S176). Thereafter, the control unit 101 uses the function of the route search unit 302 to perform route search for the automatic operation mode with the received destination as a new destination (step S177).
 そして、制御部101は、ステップS174又はステップS177の経路探索結果に基づいて、自動運転用制御情報を生成し、自動運転用ナビを実行する(ステップS178)。 And the control part 101 produces | generates the control information for automatic driving | running based on the route search result of step S174 or step S177, and performs navigation for automatic driving | operation (step S178).
 そして、図15のステップS154で、合致した切替条件に対応した目的地は定められていると判別したときには、制御部101は、定められている目的地の情報は、目的地そのものではなく、病院などの目的地属性であるか否か判別する(ステップS155)。このステップS155で、定められている目的地の情報が、目的地属性であるときには、制御部101は、携帯電話機能部119を通じてインターネットにアクセスし、当該目的地属性を用いた周辺検索を行い(ステップS156)、その周辺検索結果から目的地を確定するようにする(ステップS157)。このステップS157での目的地の確定は、運転者又は乗車者による選択を受けて行うようにしてもよいし、自動車1自身のみで行ってもよい。 When it is determined in step S154 in FIG. 15 that the destination corresponding to the matched switching condition is determined, the control unit 101 determines that the information on the determined destination is not the destination itself but the hospital. It is determined whether or not the destination attribute is such as (step S155). In step S155, when the information on the determined destination is the destination attribute, the control unit 101 accesses the Internet through the mobile phone function unit 119 and performs a peripheral search using the destination attribute ( In step S156, the destination is determined from the vicinity search result (step S157). The determination of the destination in step S157 may be performed upon selection by the driver or the rider, or may be performed only by the automobile 1 itself.
 このステップS157の次には、制御部101は、処理を図17のステップS177に移行させ、このステップS177以降の処理を実行する。また、ステップS155で、定められている目的地の情報が、目的地属性ではなく、目的地その者であるときにも、制御部101は、処理を図17のステップS177に移行させ、このステップS177以降の処理を実行する。 After this step S157, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S177 in FIG. 17, and executes the processing after step S177. Also, in step S155, when the information on the determined destination is not the destination attribute but the destination itself, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S177 in FIG. The process after S177 is executed.
 次に、ステップS178の次には、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者に、自動運転用ナビにおける地図表示をするか、音声ガイダンスを要求するか、周辺情報の提供を要求する地点の登録をするかを表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、運転者又は乗車者に対して問い合わせる(図18のステップS181)。そして、制御部101は、ステップS181の問い合わせに対する設定入力を受け付ける(ステップS182)。 Next, after step S178, the control unit 101 registers a point for requesting the driver or the passenger to display a map in the navigation for automatic driving, request voice guidance, or provide surrounding information. The driver or the passenger is inquired through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 or the synthesized voice through the speaker 138 (step S181 in FIG. 18). And the control part 101 receives the setting input with respect to the inquiry of step S181 (step S182).
 そして、ステップS182の次には、制御部101は、自動運転切替条件記憶部135の記憶内容を参照して、合致した切替条件に対応して定められている解除条件に合致する状態になったか否か判別し(ステップS183)、解除条件が合致するのを待つ。 Then, after step S182, the control unit 101 refers to the contents stored in the automatic operation switching condition storage unit 135 and has reached a state that matches the release condition set corresponding to the matched switching condition. It is determined whether or not (step S183) and the release condition is met.
 そして、ステップS183で、解除条件に合致する状態になったと判別したときには、制御部101は、強制的に切り替えられた通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードが終了した旨を、運転者又は乗車者に対して、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により通知する(ステップS184)。 When it is determined in step S183 that the release condition is met, the control unit 101 informs the driver or the rider that the normal automatic driving mode or the forced automatic driving mode that has been forcibly switched has ended. Is notified through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and by synthesized speech through the speaker 138 (step S184).
 次に、制御部101は、運転者又は乗車者に対して、表示部111の表示画面の表示画像を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた合成音声により、自車を、手動運転モードにするか、あるいは自動運転モードにするかを問い合わせ(ステップS185)、当該問い合わせに対して選択された運転モードがいずれであるかを判別する(ステップS186)。 Next, the control unit 101 sets the own vehicle to the manual operation mode for the driver or the rider through the display image on the display screen of the display unit 111 and the synthesized voice through the speaker 138. An inquiry is made as to whether to set the automatic operation mode (step S185), and it is determined which operation mode is selected for the inquiry (step S186).
 そして、ステップS186で、手動運転モードが選択されたと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図13のステップS131に移行し、このステップS131以降の処理を実行する。また、ステップS186で、通常自動運転モードが選択されたと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図10のステップS102に移行し、このステップS102以降の処理を実行する。 And when it determines with manual operation mode having been selected by step S186, the control part 101 transfers a process to step S131 of FIG. 13, and performs the process after this step S131. When it is determined in step S186 that the normal automatic operation mode has been selected, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S102 in FIG. 10 and executes the processes after step S102.
 そして、図15のステップS153で、合致した切替条件に応じた通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードでは、目的地の設定が不要な切替条件であると判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を図18のステップS183に移行させ、このステップS183以降の処理を繰り返す。 When it is determined in step S153 in FIG. 15 that the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode according to the matched switching condition is a switching condition that does not require setting of the destination, the control unit 101 performs processing. The process proceeds to step S183 in FIG. 18, and the processes after step S183 are repeated.
 [実施形態の効果]
 以上説明した実施形態の自動車1によれば、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、必ず、自動運転用ナビが起動されると共に、その走行の行先である目的地が設定されるように構成したので、自動車1は、運転者や乗車者が所望する目的地まで、自動運転モードによる自律走行をすることができる。
[Effect of the embodiment]
According to the automobile 1 of the embodiment described above, when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode, the automatic driving navigation is always started and the destination that is the destination of the driving is set. Therefore, the automobile 1 can autonomously travel in the automatic driving mode to the destination desired by the driver or the rider.
 また、上述の実施形態では、運転者又は乗車者が自動車1に乗車して、起動したときに、予め目的地の設定入力を促し、その目的地の設定がなされた場合には、その目的地が記憶されて、手動運転モードから自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、その記憶された目的地を目的地とした自動運転用ナビを実行させるようにすることができる。したがって、運転者又は乗車者は、手動運転モードから自動運転モードへの切り替え時には、目的地の設定をすることなく、自動運転モードにおける自動運転用ナビの機能の利点を享受することができるという効果を奏する。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, when the driver or the passenger gets on the automobile 1 and starts up, when the destination is set in advance and the destination is set, the destination is set. Is stored, and when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode, the automatic operation navigation with the stored destination as the destination can be executed. Therefore, the effect that the driver or the rider can enjoy the advantages of the automatic driving navigation function in the automatic driving mode without setting the destination when switching from the manual driving mode to the automatic driving mode. Play.
 また、上述の実施形態では、予め定められている所定の切替条件に合致するときには、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードに強制的に切り替えると共に、自動運転用ナビの機能を起動して、予め設定された目的地あるいは運転者又は乗車者が設定した目的地に向けて走行させるようにしたので、運転者又は乗車者の安全性及び利便性が向上すると共に、交通法規を遵守するようにすることが可能であるので、自動車1を利用する運転者又は乗車者以外の者の対する安全性も向上する。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, when a predetermined switching condition set in advance is met, the manual operation mode is forcibly switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode, and the automatic operation navigation function is activated. As a result, the vehicle is driven toward a preset destination or a destination set by the driver or rider, so that the safety and convenience of the driver or rider are improved and the traffic regulations are complied with. Since it is possible to do so, the safety | security with respect to persons other than the driver | operator who uses the motor vehicle 1, or a passenger | crew is also improved.
 [その他の実施形態又は変形例]
 上述の実施形態では、運転者が、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替え操作をした場合と、自動車が、切替条件を監視して、切替条件に合致したことを検知したときに、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モード又は強制自動運転モードに切り替える場合とについて説明した。
[Other Embodiments or Modifications]
In the above-described embodiment, when the driver performs a switching operation from the manual driving mode to the normal automatic driving mode, and when the vehicle monitors the switching condition and detects that the switching condition is met, the manual driving is performed. The case where the mode is switched to the normal automatic operation mode or the forced automatic operation mode has been described.
 しかしながら、上述の実施形態の自動車1は、運転者が居なくても、自動車1自身が自律走行を行うことが可能である。このため、運転者の他に乗車者(同乗者)が自動車1に乗車していている場合において、運転者が手動運転モードで自動車1を運転して走行した後、所定地点Aで運転者が降車後も、運転者以外の乗車者(同乗者)は降車せずに、別の地点Bまで移動するようにすることができる。 However, the automobile 1 according to the above-described embodiment can autonomously run even if there is no driver. For this reason, when a rider (passenger) is riding in the automobile 1 in addition to the driver, the driver drives the automobile 1 in the manual operation mode and then travels at a predetermined point A. Even after getting off, a passenger (passenger) other than the driver can move to another point B without getting off.
 このような場合には、運転者が運転しているときには、手動運転モードであったので、自動車1は、運転者が降車した地点Aから、地点Bまでは、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替えて自律走行するようにすることになる。そして、自動車1は、このようなシチュエーションを考慮して、運転者が降車した地点Aから地点Bまでも自動運転モードで自律走行することができるような処理動作を行うようにする。 In such a case, when the driver is driving, since it was in the manual driving mode, the automobile 1 is from the manual driving mode to the normal automatic driving mode from the point A where the driver got off to the point B. It will be switched to to autonomously run. Then, in consideration of such a situation, the automobile 1 performs a processing operation so that it can autonomously travel in the automatic driving mode from the point A to the point B where the driver got off.
 図19は、以上のようなシチュエーションを考慮した場合に、上述の実施形態のような処理動作に加えて、自動車1が行うようにする処理動作の一例を説明するためフローチャートである。なお、自動車1のハードウェア構成は、図1に示したものと同様で良いものである。 FIG. 19 is a flowchart for explaining an example of a processing operation performed by the automobile 1 in addition to the processing operation as in the above-described embodiment when the above situation is taken into consideration. The hardware configuration of the automobile 1 may be the same as that shown in FIG.
 すなわち、制御部101は、自車が手動運転モードの状態であるか否か判別する(ステップS201)。このステップS201で、手動運転モードの状態ではないと判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転モードに切り替えられたか否か判別し(ステップS202)、手動運転モードに切り替えられてはいないと判別したときには、処理をステップS201に戻して、このステップS201以降の処理を繰り返す。 That is, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the own vehicle is in the manual operation mode (step S201). When it is determined in step S201 that the manual operation mode is not set, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the manual operation mode has been switched (step S202) and determines that the manual operation mode has not been switched. Sometimes, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
 ステップS201で手動運転モードの状態であると判別したとき、また、ステップS202で手動運転モードに切り替えられたと判別したときには、制御部101は、自車が停車したか否か判別し(ステップS203)、自車が停車してはいないと判別したときには、処理をステップS201に戻して、このステップS201以降の処理を繰り返す。 When it is determined in step S201 that the vehicle is in the manual operation mode, or when it is determined in step S202 that the vehicle has been switched to the manual operation mode, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the own vehicle has stopped (step S203). When it is determined that the vehicle is not stopped, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
 ステップS203で、自車が停車したと判別したときには、制御部101は、自車の駆動状態を維持したままで、運転者が降車したか否か判別し(ステップS204)、運転者が降車してないないと判別したときには、処理をステップS201に戻して、このステップS201以降の処理を繰り返す。 When it is determined in step S203 that the own vehicle has stopped, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has got off while maintaining the driving state of the own vehicle (step S204). If it is determined that it is not, the process returns to step S201, and the processes after step S201 are repeated.
 ステップS203で、自車の駆動状態を維持したままで、運転者が降車したと判別したときには、自車に他の乗車者(同乗者)が存在するか否か判別する(ステップS205)。このステップS205で、他の乗車者は存在しないと判別したときには、制御部101は、運転者が再乗車したか否か判別して(ステップS206)、運転者が再乗車していないと判別したときには、このステップS206を繰り返して、運転者の再乗車を待つ。 When it is determined in step S203 that the driver has left the vehicle while maintaining the driving state of the vehicle, it is determined whether or not there is another passenger (passenger) in the vehicle (step S205). When it is determined in step S205 that there is no other passenger, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has re-ridden (step S206), and determines that the driver has not re-ridden. Sometimes step S206 is repeated to wait for the driver to get on again.
 ステップS206で、運転者が再乗車したと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理をステップS201に戻して、このステップS201以降の処理を繰り返す。そしてステップS205で、他の乗車者が存在すると判別したときには、制御部101は、次に説明する運転者降車後処理を実行する(ステップS207)。 When it is determined in step S206 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 returns the process to step S201 and repeats the processes after step S201. When it is determined in step S205 that there is another passenger, the control unit 101 executes a driver getting-off post-processing described below (step S207).
 図20は、ステップS207の運転者降車後処理の第1の例を説明するためのフローチャートである。この第1の例は、運転者以外の乗車者が、降車した運転者のその後の行動を了解していることを前提にしている。例えば、運転者が降車時に、他の乗車者に「すぐに戻ります」や「5分間ほど待っていて」と再乗車することを告げたり、「私はここで降ります。さようなら」や「もう戻りません」と再乗車しないことを告げたりする場合を想定している。 FIG. 20 is a flowchart for explaining a first example of the process after getting off the driver in step S207. This first example is based on the premise that a passenger other than the driver understands the subsequent action of the driver who got off the vehicle. For example, when the driver gets off, he tells other passengers to “get back right away” or “wait for about 5 minutes” to get on again, “I get off here. Goodbye” or “ “I will not return.” It is assumed that the passenger will not re-ride.
 すなわち、この第1の例においては、図20に示すように、制御部101は、他の乗車者に、運転者の降車後の振る舞いについての問い合わせメッセージを、表示部111の表示画面を通じて、あるいは、スピーカ138を通じた音声により、送出する(ステップS211)。そして、制御部101は、この問い合わせメッセージに対する他の乗車者からの指示(タッチパネルを通じた指示、あるいは、音声認識部116で認識された指示)を受け付けたか否か判別し(ステップS212)、指示を受け付けていないと判別したときには、このステップS212の処理を繰り返して、指示を受け付けるのを待つ。 That is, in this first example, as shown in FIG. 20, the control unit 101 sends an inquiry message about the behavior of the driver after getting off to other passengers through the display screen of the display unit 111 or Then, it is transmitted by voice through the speaker 138 (step S211). Then, the control unit 101 determines whether or not an instruction (an instruction through the touch panel or an instruction recognized by the voice recognition unit 116) from another passenger for the inquiry message has been received (step S212). When it is determined that it has not been received, the processing in step S212 is repeated to wait for receiving an instruction.
 ステップS212で、他の乗車者からの指示を受け付けたと判別したときには、制御部101は、その指示は、運転者の再乗車待ちの指示であるか否か判別する(ステップS213)。このステップS213で、受け付けた指示が運転者の再乗車待ちの指示であると判別したときには、制御部101は、運転者が再乗車したか否か判別して(ステップS214)、運転者が再乗車していないと判別したときには、このステップS214を繰り返して、運転者の再乗車を待つ。 When it is determined in step S212 that an instruction from another passenger has been received, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the instruction is an instruction to wait for the driver to re-board (step S213). When it is determined in step S213 that the received instruction is an instruction to wait for the driver to re-ride, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has re-boarded (step S214). When it is determined that the vehicle has not been boarded, this step S214 is repeated to wait for the driver to board again.
 ステップS214で、運転者が再乗車したと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を、前述した図10のステップS101に移行させて、前述したステップS101以降の処理を実行する。 When it is determined in step S214 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 shifts the processing to step S101 in FIG. 10 described above, and executes the processing after step S101 described above.
 そして、ステップS213で、受け付けた指示が運転者の再乗車待ちの指示ではないと判別したときには、制御部101は、走行開始指示であるか否か判別する(ステップS215)。このステップS215で、走行開始指示ではないと判別したときには、制御部101は、受け付けた指示は駆動停止指示であるか否か判別し(ステップS216)、駆動停止指示ではないと判別したときには、処理をステップS215に戻し、駆動停止指示であると判別したときには、自車の駆動を停止して(ステップS217)、この処理ルーチンを終了する。 Then, when it is determined in step S213 that the received instruction is not an instruction to wait for the driver to re-board, the control unit 101 determines whether or not it is a travel start instruction (step S215). When it is determined in step S215 that the received instruction is not a driving start instruction, the control unit 101 determines whether the received instruction is a driving stop instruction (step S216). Is returned to step S215, and when it is determined that the instruction is to stop driving, the driving of the host vehicle is stopped (step S217), and this processing routine is ended.
 そして、ステップS215で、起動開始指示であると判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替えて自律走行を開始するようにし(ステップS218)、その後、前述した図10のステップS102に移行して、このステップS102以降の処理を実行するようにする。 When it is determined in step S215 that the instruction is a start start instruction, the control unit 101 switches from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode to start autonomous traveling (step S218), and then the above-described FIG. The process proceeds to step S102, and the processes after step S102 are executed.
 図21は、ステップS207の運転者降車後処理の第2の例を説明するためのフローチャートである。この第2の例は、運転者が、降車する前に、自動車1に対して、例えばタッチパネル112を通じて指示入力したり、あるいはマイクロホン137を通じて音声で指示入力したりすることを前提にしている。例えば、自動車1は、表示部111の表示画面に、降車する運転者が予定している振る舞いとして、この例では、「再乗車」、「降車後走行開始」、「駆動停止」の3つの指示項目を表示しておき、運転者により、その指示項目の中から選択入力させるようにする。そして、自動車1は、その選択入力に応じた運転者降車後処理を行う。なお、この例では、「降車後走行開始」の指示が選択されたときには、目的地の設定入力をも併せて行うことができるようにされている。ただし、この目的地の設定入力をしなくてもよいように構成されている。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart for explaining a second example of the process after getting off the driver in step S207. This second example is based on the premise that the driver inputs an instruction to the automobile 1 through, for example, the touch panel 112 or inputs a voice through the microphone 137 before getting off the vehicle. For example, the car 1 has three instructions on the display screen of the display unit 111, which are “re-ride”, “start running after getting off”, and “driving stop” as behaviors scheduled by the driver to get off. The item is displayed and the driver selects and inputs from the indicated items. And the motor vehicle 1 performs the driver | operator disembarkation post process according to the selection input. In this example, when the instruction “start running after getting off” is selected, destination setting input can also be performed. However, there is no need to input the destination setting.
 すなわち、この第2の例においては、図21に示すように、制御部101は、運転者により降車前に選定された指示が何であるか解析して判定する(ステップS221)。そして、制御部101は、判定した指示は、運転者の再乗車指示であるか否か判別する(ステップS222)。ステップS222で、判定した指示は、運転者の「再乗車」指示であると判別したときには、制御部101は、運転者が再乗車したか否か判別して(ステップS223)、運転者が再乗車していないと判別したときには、このステップS223を繰り返して、運転者の再乗車を待つ。 That is, in the second example, as shown in FIG. 21, the control unit 101 analyzes and determines what the instruction selected by the driver before getting off the vehicle is (step S221). And the control part 101 discriminate | determines whether the determined instruction | indication is a driver | operator's re-boarding instruction | indication (step S222). When it is determined in step S222 that the determined instruction is a “re-ride” instruction for the driver, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the driver has re-mounted (step S223). When it is determined that the vehicle has not been boarded, this step S223 is repeated to wait for the driver to board again.
 ステップS223で、運転者が再乗車したと判別したときには、制御部101は、処理を、前述した図10のステップS101に移行させて、前述したステップS101以降の処理を実行する。 When it is determined in step S223 that the driver has re-boarded, the control unit 101 shifts the process to step S101 in FIG. 10 described above, and executes the processes after step S101 described above.
 ステップS222で、判定した指示は、運転者の「再乗車」指示ではないと判別したときには、制御部101は、判定した指示は、「降車後走行開始」指示であるか否か判別する(ステップS224)。このステップS224で、「降車後走行開始」指示ではないと判別したときには、制御部101は、判定した指示は、「駆動停止」であることを確認して自車の駆動を停止する(ステップS225)。そして、この処理ルーチンを終了する。 When it is determined in step S222 that the determined instruction is not a “re-ride” instruction from the driver, the control unit 101 determines whether or not the determined instruction is a “start running after getting off” instruction (step S222). S224). When it is determined in step S224 that the instruction is not “start running after getting off”, the control unit 101 confirms that the determined instruction is “stop driving” and stops driving the vehicle (step S225). ). Then, this processing routine ends.
 また、ステップS224で、判定した指示は、「降車後走行開始」指示であると判別したときには、制御部101は、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替えて自律走行を開始するようにし(ステップS226)、その後、目的地が設定されているか否か判別する(ステップS227)。このステップS227で、目的地が設定されていると判別したときには、制御部101は、記憶している起動時の目的地を、この設定されている目的地に書き替える(ステップS228)。 When it is determined in step S224 that the determined instruction is the “start running after getting off” instruction, the control unit 101 switches from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode to start autonomous driving (step S224). Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the destination is set (step S227). When it is determined in this step S227 that the destination is set, the control unit 101 rewrites the stored destination at the time of activation to the set destination (step S228).
 そして、ステップS227で、目的地が設定されてはいないと判別したとき、また、ステップS228の次には、制御部101は、前述した図10のステップS102に移行して、このステップS102以降の処理を実行するようにする。 When it is determined in step S227 that the destination is not set, and after step S228, the control unit 101 proceeds to step S102 in FIG. Execute the process.
 以上のように、図19~図21の例によれば、運転者が手動運転モードで自動車1を運転している状態から降車したときにおいても、自動車1は、手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替えると共に、自動運転用ナビを起動し、降車した運転者又は運転者以外の乗車者により設定入力された目的地に向かって支障なく、自律走行することができる。 As described above, according to the examples of FIGS. 19 to 21, even when the driver gets off the vehicle 1 in the manual operation mode, the vehicle 1 changes from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode. In addition, the automatic driving navigation is activated, and autonomous driving can be performed without any trouble toward the destination set and input by the driver who gets off the vehicle or a passenger other than the driver.
 なお、以上説明した上述の実施形態では、手動運転モードと自動運転モードとを有する自動車であるために、手動運転モードにおいては、ナビが動作していない場合を想定したので、自動車の起動時に目的地を事前設定しておくことで、後の目的地の設定の手間を省くようにした。しかし、自動運転モードしか有しない自動車の場合には、起動すると、自動運転モードになるので、その場合には、この発明によれば、必ず、目的地の設定の問い合わせをすることになり、敢えて起動時に目的地の設定をして記憶しておく必要はない。 In the above-described embodiment described above, since the vehicle has the manual operation mode and the automatic operation mode, it is assumed that the navigation is not operating in the manual operation mode. By setting the location in advance, the effort to set the destination later was saved. However, in the case of a car having only an automatic driving mode, when it is started, the automatic driving mode is set. In that case, according to the present invention, the destination setting is always inquired, and dare There is no need to set and remember the destination at startup.
 上述の実施形態では、起動時に設定された目的地が記憶していても、当該記憶部の目的地を変更するか否かを運転者又は乗車者に問い合わせて、変更しないと回答された場合に、記憶部の目的地を自動運転用ナビの経路探索に用いるようにしたが、記憶部に目的地が記憶されている場合には、変更するか否かを問い合わせせずに、当該記憶部の目的地を用いて自動運転用ナビの経路探索をするようにして、自動運転モードへ切り替えた際における目的地についての運転者又は乗車者への問い合わせを省略するようにしてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, even if the destination set at the time of activation is stored, the driver or the passenger is inquired whether or not to change the destination of the storage unit, and when it is answered that the destination is not changed. The destination of the storage unit is used for the route search of the navigation for automatic driving. However, when the destination is stored in the storage unit, the destination of the storage unit is not inquired about whether to change the destination. The route of the navigation for automatic driving may be searched using the destination, and the inquiry to the driver or the passenger about the destination at the time of switching to the automatic driving mode may be omitted.
 なお、上述の実施形態では、主に目的地の設定、記憶、変更について説明したが、目的地に加えて、目的地への経由地についても同様に設定、記憶、変更できるものである。例えば、ステップS1において、自車が起動されたと判別したときには、ステップS2において、表示部111の表示画面を通じて、また、スピーカ138を通じた音声により、運転者や乗車者に対して目的地に応じた経由地の設定入力又は選択入力を促すメッセージを送出する。このときの表示部111の表示画面には、「ここでは、経由地を設定しない」を選択できるようにされている。経由地を定めずに、手動運転モードで目的地に向かう利用者もあるからである。 In the above-described embodiment, the setting, storage, and change of the destination are mainly described. However, in addition to the destination, the waypoint to the destination can be similarly set, stored, and changed. For example, when it is determined in step S1 that the host vehicle has been activated, in step S2, the driver or the rider is selected according to the destination through the display screen of the display unit 111 or by sound through the speaker 138. A message prompting for setting or selection of a waypoint is sent. At this time, the display screen of the display unit 111 can select “No waypoint is set here”. This is because there is a user who goes to the destination in the manual operation mode without determining the waypoint.
 また、上述の実施形態の自動運転車では、各種データベースや各種記憶部は自車搭載で構成したが、これに限られるものではなく、クラウド上にあってもよいことはもちろんである。カメラ群107についても、自車搭載に限らず、自動車が、信号機や街灯などに設置される監視カメラからの画像を通信で入手したり、他車のカメラからの画像を車車間通信で入手したりしてもよい。レーダー群106、センサ群108についても同様に、自車搭載に限らず、ITSスポットなど外部システムや他車から通信で、レーダー情報や各種センサ情報などの入手が可能である。 In the autonomous vehicle of the above-described embodiment, the various databases and the various storage units are configured to be mounted on the own vehicle. However, the present invention is not limited to this and may be on the cloud. The camera group 107 is not limited to being mounted on its own vehicle, and a vehicle obtains images from surveillance cameras installed on traffic lights, street lights, etc. via communication, or obtains images from cameras of other vehicles via inter-vehicle communication. Or you may. Similarly, the radar group 106 and the sensor group 108 are not limited to being mounted on the own vehicle, and it is possible to obtain radar information and various sensor information by communication from an external system such as an ITS spot or from another vehicle.
 また、上述の実施形態の自動車は、電気自動車の場合としたが、ガソリン車、ハイブリッド車、燃料電池車、その他の駆動方式の自動車であっても、この発明は適用可能である。 In addition, although the automobile of the above-described embodiment is an electric car, the present invention can be applied to a gasoline car, a hybrid car, a fuel cell car, and other driving cars.
 さらに、この発明は、普通自動車、軽自動車のみならず、トラック、バス、タクシー、パトカー、救急車、消防車、教習車、トラクター、ダンプカー、ショベルカー、フォークリフト、また、一人用自動車、自動二輪車、自動三輪車などであっても適用可能である。もちろん、この発明は、水陸両用車や空陸両用車(空飛ぶ車)にも適用可能である。 Furthermore, the present invention is not limited to ordinary cars and light cars, but also trucks, buses, taxis, police cars, ambulances, fire trucks, training cars, tractors, dump trucks, excavators, forklifts, single cars, motorcycles, automatic Even a tricycle is applicable. Of course, the present invention can also be applied to amphibious vehicles and amphibious vehicles (flying vehicles).
 1…自動車、10…電子制御回路部、101…制御部、104…手動/自動運転モード切替制御部、111…表示部、113…カーナビ機能部、115…自動運転切替条件判別部、121…合成音声発生部、133…カーナビ用データベース、135…自動運転切替条件記憶部
 
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Automobile, 10 ... Electronic control circuit part, 101 ... Control part, 104 ... Manual / automatic driving mode switching control part, 111 ... Display part, 113 ... Car navigation function part, 115 ... Automatic driving switching condition discrimination | determination part, 121 ... Composition Voice generation unit, 133 ... car navigation database, 135 ... automatic driving switching condition storage unit

Claims (20)

  1.  運転者による運転操作に基づいた走行を行う手動運転モードと、自律走行を行う自動運転モードとを備える自動車において、
     前記自動運転モードにおいて、目的地までの前記自律走行を支援するための自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段と、
     前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を起動する起動手段と、
     前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、目的地の設定がなされているか否かを判別する目的地設定有無判別手段と、
     前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていないと判別したときには、前記運転者又は乗車者に目的地の設定入力を促す目的地促し手段と、
     前記目的地促し手段による前記促しに対応して前記運転者又は前記乗車者による目的地の設定入力を受け付ける目的地受付手段と、
     を備え、
     前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記目的地受付手段で受け付けた目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行する
     ことを特徴とする自動車。
    In an automobile equipped with a manual operation mode for traveling based on a driving operation by a driver and an automatic operation mode for performing autonomous traveling,
    In the automatic driving mode, navigation means for automatic driving mode for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination,
    An activation means for activating navigation means for the automatic operation mode when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
    Destination setting presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not a destination is set when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
    When the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination has not been set, destination prompting means for prompting the driver or rider to input a destination setting; and
    Destination accepting means for accepting a destination setting input by the driver or the rider in response to the prompt by the destination prompting means;
    With
    The navigation unit for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting the autonomous traveling to the destination received by the destination receiving unit, and executes the autonomous traveling support.
  2.  前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていると判別したときには、前記目的地促し手段を動作させずに、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記設定されている目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行する
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の自動車。
    When the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination has been set, the navigation means for the automatic operation mode does not operate the destination prompting means, and the navigation means for the automatic operation mode The vehicle according to claim 1, wherein information for supporting the autonomous traveling is generated until the autonomous traveling support is executed.
  3.  前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていると判別したときには、前記目的地促し手段を動作させずに、設定されていた目的地を変更するか否かを問い合わせる問い合わせ手段を備え、
     前記問い合わせ手段に応じて前記目的地を変更しないとの回答を受けたときには、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記設定がなされている目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行し、前記問い合わせ手段に応じて前記目的地を変更するとの回答を受けたときには、前記目的地の変更入力を受け付けて、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記変更入力された前記目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行する
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の自動車。
    Inquiry means for inquiring whether to change the set destination without operating the destination prompting means when the destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that the destination is set Prepared,
    When receiving an answer that the destination is not changed according to the inquiry means, the navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting the autonomous driving to the set destination. Then, when executing the autonomous driving support and receiving an answer to change the destination according to the inquiry means, the navigation means for the automatic operation mode receives the change input of the destination, The vehicle according to claim 1, wherein information for supporting the autonomous traveling to the destination input by the change is generated, and the autonomous traveling support is executed.
  4.  前記手動運転モードにおいて、前記運転者に対して目的地までの経路案内を行うための手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を備え、
     前記目的地設定有無判別手段は、前記自動運転モードへの切り替え前に、前記手動運転用のナビゲーション手段が動作中であったか否かを判別することで、前記目的地の設定がなされているか否かを判別する
     ことを特徴とする請求項3に記載の自動車。
    In the manual operation mode, the navigation means for manual operation mode for performing route guidance to the driver to the destination,
    The destination setting presence / absence determining means determines whether the destination is set by determining whether the navigation means for manual operation is operating before switching to the automatic operation mode. The vehicle according to claim 3, wherein the vehicle is discriminated.
  5.  前記運転者による操作入力に基づいて、前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替える第1の運転モード切替手段を備える
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項4のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising first operation mode switching means for switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode based on an operation input by the driver.
  6.  予め定められた前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えるようにするための切替条件に合致したか否かを判別する切替条件判別手段と、
     前記切替条件のそれぞれに対応付けられた、切り替え後の前記自動運転モードでの目的地に関する情報を記憶する記憶手段と、
     前記切替条件判別手段で前記切替条件に合致したと判別したときに、前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替える第2の運転モード切替手段と、
     を備え、
     前記目的地設定有無判別手段は、前記第2の運転モード切替手段により前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、前記記憶手段の記憶内容を参照して、前記目的地が設定されているか否かを判別する
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項5のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    A switching condition determining means for determining whether or not a switching condition for switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode determined in advance is met,
    Storage means for storing information related to the destination in the automatic operation mode after switching, associated with each of the switching conditions;
    Second operation mode switching means for switching from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode when the switching condition determination means determines that the switching condition is met;
    With
    The destination setting presence / absence determining means refers to the stored contents of the storage means when the second operation mode switching means switches from the manual operation mode to the automatic operation mode. 6. The automobile according to claim 1, wherein it is determined whether or not the vehicle is present.
  7.  前記第2の運転モード切替手段により切り替えられる前記自動運転モードには、前記運転者による前記手動運転モードへの切替操作を無効として前記自律走行を行う強制自動運転モードを含み、
     前記記憶手段には、前記切替条件に対応して設定されている前記強制自動運転モードの解除条件が記憶されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項6に記載の自動車。
    The automatic operation mode switched by the second operation mode switching means includes a forced automatic operation mode in which the autonomous driving is performed by invalidating the switching operation to the manual operation mode by the driver,
    The vehicle according to claim 6, wherein the storage unit stores a cancellation condition for the forced automatic driving mode set in correspondence with the switching condition.
  8.  車内状況を判定するための車内状況判定手段を備え、
     前記切替条件判別手段は、前記車内状況判定手段の判定結果に基づいて、前記切替状態に合致しているか否かを判別する
     ことを特徴とする請求項6又は請求項7に記載の自動車。
    In-vehicle situation determination means for determining the in-vehicle situation,
    The vehicle according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the switching condition determination unit determines whether or not the switching state is met based on a determination result of the in-vehicle situation determination unit.
  9.  前記切替条件判別手段で判別する前記切替条件は、交通法規を遵守するようにするために予め定められた条件、あるいは、安全運転を維持するようにするために予め定められた条件である
     ことを特徴とする請求項6~請求項8のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    The switching condition discriminated by the switching condition discriminating means is a predetermined condition for complying with traffic regulations or a predetermined condition for maintaining safe driving. The automobile according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein
  10.  前記目的地促し手段は、前記目的地の設定入力の促しに加えて、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段の実行時に経路案内メッセージを出力するか否かの入力を促す
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項9のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    The destination prompting means prompts an input as to whether or not to output a route guidance message when executing the navigation means for the automatic operation mode, in addition to prompting for an input of the destination setting. The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  表示画面を有する表示手段を備え、
     前記目的地促し手段は、前記目的地の設定入力の促しに加えて、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段の実行時に前記表示画面に経路案内用の地図表示を出力するか否かの入力を促す
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項10のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    Comprising display means having a display screen;
    The destination prompting means prompts an input as to whether or not to output a map display for route guidance on the display screen when the navigation means for the automatic operation mode is executed in addition to prompting the input of the destination setting. The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein
  12.  前記目的地促し手段は、前記目的地の設定入力の促しに加えて、前記自動運転モードから前記手動運転モードに切り替える条件の入力を促す
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項11のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    12. The destination urging means urges an input of a condition for switching from the automatic operation mode to the manual operation mode in addition to the input of the destination setting. Car described in.
  13.  表示画面を有する表示手段を備え、
     前記目的地促し手段は、前記目的地の設定入力の促しに加えて、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段の実行時に、現在地周辺の情報を取得して、前記運転者又は前記乗車者に提供するか否かの入力を促す
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項12のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    Comprising display means having a display screen;
    The destination prompting means obtains information around the current location and provides it to the driver or the rider when the navigation means for the automatic driving mode is executed in addition to the prompt for input of the destination setting. The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein an input of whether or not is prompted.
  14.  前記目的地促し手段は、前記目的地の設定入力の促しに加えて、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段の実行時に、現在地周辺の情報を取得して、前記運転者又は前記乗車者に提供して欲しい地点の登録を促す
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項13のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    The destination prompting means obtains information around the current location and provides it to the driver or the rider when the navigation means for the automatic driving mode is executed in addition to prompting the destination setting input. The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein registration of a desired spot is urged.
  15.  前記手動運転モードにおいて、前記運転者に対して目的地までの経路案内を行うための手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を備え、
     前記自動運転モードから前記手動運転モードに切り替えられたときには、前記手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を起動するか否かを問い合わせる第1の問い合わせ手段を備え、
     前記第1の問い合わせ手段に応じて、前記手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を起動するとの回答を受けたときには、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段の実行中に設定されていた目的地を変更するか否かを問い合わせる第2の問い合わせ手段を備え、
     前記第2の問い合わせ手段に応じて前記目的地を変更しないとの回答を受けたときには、前記手動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記設定されている目的地までの経路案内を行う
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項14のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    In the manual operation mode, the navigation means for manual operation mode for performing route guidance to the driver to the destination,
    When the automatic operation mode is switched to the manual operation mode, the first inquiry means for inquiring whether to start the navigation means for the manual operation mode,
    Whether the destination set during execution of the navigation means for the automatic operation mode is changed when the response to start the navigation means for the manual operation mode is received in response to the first inquiry means A second inquiry means for inquiring whether or not,
    When receiving a reply that the destination is not changed in response to the second inquiry means, the navigation means for the manual operation mode performs route guidance to the set destination. The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  自車が起動されたときに、目的地の設定入力を促し、設定入力された目的地を記憶する手段を備え、
     前記目的地設定有無判別手段は、前記記憶されている目的地が存在しているときには、目的地の設定がなされていると判別する
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項15のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    When the host vehicle is activated, it has means for prompting the destination for setting input and storing the input destination.
    16. The destination setting presence / absence determining means determines that a destination is set when the stored destination exists. The listed car.
  17.  前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、前記記憶されている目的地が存在していて、目的地の設定がなされていると判別したときに、目的地を変更するか否かを問い合わせる手段を備える
     ことを特徴とする請求項16に記載の自動車。
    The destination setting presence / absence determining means comprises means for inquiring whether or not to change the destination when it is determined that the stored destination exists and the destination is set. The automobile according to claim 16.
  18.  前記手動運転モードの状態において、運転者が降車後、走行を開始するときには、前記手動運転モードから通常自動運転モードに切り替える手段を備える
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項17のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    18. The apparatus according to claim 1, further comprising means for switching from the manual operation mode to the normal automatic operation mode when the driver starts traveling after getting off in the state of the manual operation mode. The listed car.
  19.  前記目的地促し手段は、経由地の設定入力をも促すようにし、
     前記目的地受付手段は、前記経由地の設定入力をも受け付ける
     ことを特徴とする請求項1~請求項18のいずれかに記載の自動車。
    The destination prompting means also prompts for a route setting input,
    The automobile according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the destination receiving means also receives a setting input of the waypoint.
  20.  運転者による運転操作に基づいた走行を行う手動運転モードと、自律走行を行う自動運転モードとを備える自動車が備えるコンピュータを、
     前記自動運転モードにおいて、目的地までの前記自律走行を支援するための自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段、
     前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段を起動する起動手段、
     前記手動運転モードから前記自動運転モードに切り替えられたときに、目的地の設定がなされているか否かを判別する目的地設定有無判別手段、
     前記目的地設定有無判別手段で、目的地の設定がなされていないと判別したときには、前記運転者又は乗車者に目的地の設定入力を促す目的地促し手段、
     前記目的地促し手段による前記促しに対応して前記運転者又は前記乗車者による目的地の設定入力を受け付ける目的地受付手段、
     として実行させるためのプログラムであって、
     前記自動運転モード用のナビゲーション手段は、前記目的地受付手段で受け付けた目的地まで前記自律走行を支援するための情報を生成して、前記自律走行の支援を実行する
     ことを特徴とする自動車用プログラム。
    A computer provided in an automobile having a manual operation mode for traveling based on a driving operation by a driver and an automatic operation mode for autonomous traveling,
    In the automatic driving mode, navigation means for automatic driving mode for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination,
    An activation means for activating navigation means for the automatic operation mode when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
    Destination setting presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not a destination is set when the manual operation mode is switched to the automatic operation mode;
    When it is determined by the destination setting presence / absence determining means that the destination is not set, a destination prompting means for prompting the driver or rider to input a destination setting;
    Destination receiving means for receiving a destination setting input by the driver or the rider in response to the prompt by the destination prompting means;
    As a program to be executed as
    The navigation means for the automatic driving mode generates information for supporting the autonomous driving to the destination received by the destination receiving means, and executes the autonomous driving support. program.
PCT/JP2017/018300 2017-05-16 2017-05-16 Vehicle and vehicle program WO2018211583A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/018300 WO2018211583A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2017-05-16 Vehicle and vehicle program
JP2017547185A JP6628441B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2017-05-16 Automotive and automotive programs

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/018300 WO2018211583A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2017-05-16 Vehicle and vehicle program

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018211583A1 true WO2018211583A1 (en) 2018-11-22

Family

ID=64273602

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/018300 WO2018211583A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2017-05-16 Vehicle and vehicle program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6628441B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018211583A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110673605A (en) * 2019-09-20 2020-01-10 深圳市元征科技股份有限公司 Vehicle control method and apparatus
JP2020086905A (en) * 2018-11-26 2020-06-04 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Information providing device and in-vehicle device
CN111341133A (en) * 2020-02-19 2020-06-26 广州小马智行科技有限公司 Control method and device for automatic driving vehicle, storage medium and processor
JP2020160940A (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 本田技研工業株式会社 Vehicle controller, vehicle control method, vehicle, and program
CN111845591A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-10-30 伟摩有限责任公司 Aural passenger notification of autonomous vehicle services
JP2021196618A (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-27 日本システムバンク株式会社 Automatic relay valet parking
JP2022009477A (en) * 2017-05-16 2022-01-14 みこらった株式会社 Automobile and automotive program
US11332147B2 (en) * 2018-09-12 2022-05-17 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Driving evaluation apparatus, driving evaluation system, and driving evaluation method
WO2023008992A1 (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-02-02 Maxis Broadband Sdn. Bhd. Methods, systems, and devices for managing user vehicular operation, activity, and safety
JP2023041750A (en) * 2021-10-26 2023-03-24 みこらった株式会社 Automobile and automobile program
JP7569501B2 (en) 2021-01-18 2024-10-18 株式会社LogicLinks Notification system, notification method and program

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2754705C1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2021-09-06 Ниссан Мотор Ко.,Лтд. Method for driving assistance and device for driving assistance
JP6894492B1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-30 Jfeスチール株式会社 Shipment location management system and shipment location management method

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015098218A (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-28 みこらった株式会社 Automatic drive vehicle
JP2015133050A (en) * 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 みこらった株式会社 Automatic driving vehicle
JP2017059254A (en) * 2014-04-30 2017-03-23 みこらった株式会社 Self-driving car and program for self-driving car

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015098218A (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-28 みこらった株式会社 Automatic drive vehicle
JP2015133050A (en) * 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 みこらった株式会社 Automatic driving vehicle
JP2017059254A (en) * 2014-04-30 2017-03-23 みこらった株式会社 Self-driving car and program for self-driving car

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022009477A (en) * 2017-05-16 2022-01-14 みこらった株式会社 Automobile and automotive program
US11332147B2 (en) * 2018-09-12 2022-05-17 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Driving evaluation apparatus, driving evaluation system, and driving evaluation method
JP2020086905A (en) * 2018-11-26 2020-06-04 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Information providing device and in-vehicle device
JP7153191B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2022-10-14 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Information provision device and in-vehicle device
JP7278832B2 (en) 2019-03-27 2023-05-22 本田技研工業株式会社 VEHICLE CONTROL DEVICE, VEHICLE CONTROL METHOD, VEHICLE AND PROGRAM
JP2020160940A (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 本田技研工業株式会社 Vehicle controller, vehicle control method, vehicle, and program
US11383734B2 (en) 2019-03-27 2022-07-12 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Vehicle control apparatus, vehicle control method, vehicle, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
US11180029B2 (en) 2019-04-26 2021-11-23 Waymo Llc Audible passenger announcements for autonomous vehicle services
US12083887B2 (en) 2019-04-26 2024-09-10 Waymo Llc Audible passenger announcements for autonomous vehicle services
CN111845591A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-10-30 伟摩有限责任公司 Aural passenger notification of autonomous vehicle services
CN111845591B (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-11-09 伟摩有限责任公司 Method and apparatus for assisting passengers in an autonomous vehicle
US11738645B2 (en) 2019-04-26 2023-08-29 Waymo Llc Audible passenger announcements for autonomous vehicle services
CN110673605A (en) * 2019-09-20 2020-01-10 深圳市元征科技股份有限公司 Vehicle control method and apparatus
CN110673605B (en) * 2019-09-20 2023-03-10 深圳市元征科技股份有限公司 Vehicle control method and apparatus
CN111341133A (en) * 2020-02-19 2020-06-26 广州小马智行科技有限公司 Control method and device for automatic driving vehicle, storage medium and processor
JP7381819B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2023-11-16 日本システムバンク株式会社 automatic relay valet parking
JP2021196618A (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-27 日本システムバンク株式会社 Automatic relay valet parking
JP7569501B2 (en) 2021-01-18 2024-10-18 株式会社LogicLinks Notification system, notification method and program
WO2023008992A1 (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-02-02 Maxis Broadband Sdn. Bhd. Methods, systems, and devices for managing user vehicular operation, activity, and safety
JP2023041750A (en) * 2021-10-26 2023-03-24 みこらった株式会社 Automobile and automobile program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018211583A1 (en) 2019-06-27
JP6628441B2 (en) 2020-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018211583A1 (en) Vehicle and vehicle program
JP6437045B2 (en) Self-driving car
JP6150258B2 (en) Self-driving car
JP6573945B2 (en) Self-driving car
JP6971490B2 (en) Automotive and automotive programs
JP6440801B2 (en) Autonomous vehicles and programs for autonomous vehicles
JP6387157B1 (en) Autonomous vehicles and programs for autonomous vehicles
JP6188175B2 (en) Autonomous vehicles and programs for autonomous vehicles
CN106293032B (en) Portable terminal device, and control method and apparatus thereof
JP6065328B2 (en) Autonomous vehicles and programs for autonomous vehicles
JP6708331B2 (en) Self-driving car
WO2019017215A1 (en) Vehicle control device and vehicle control method
JP7440135B2 (en) Automotive and automotive programs
JP6772428B2 (en) Programs for self-driving cars and self-driving cars
KR20200022049A (en) Context-Aware Stops for Autonomous Vehicles
JP6708874B2 (en) Self-driving cars and programs for self-driving cars
JPWO2019049201A1 (en) Automotive and automotive programs
WO2018150676A1 (en) Driving switching assist device, and driving switching assist method
JP6618597B2 (en) Autonomous vehicles and programs for autonomous vehicles
JP6993732B2 (en) Programs for self-driving cars and self-driving cars
JP2024128040A (en) Automotive and Automotive Programs
JP7048997B2 (en) Programs for self-driving cars and self-driving cars
JP7324537B2 (en) Self-driving cars and programs for self-driving cars
JP7219507B2 (en) Automotive and automotive programs
JP2020203681A (en) Automatic driving vehicle and program for automatic driving vehicle

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017547185

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17909790

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17909790

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1